CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual Copyright © 1993-2004 COADE, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Printed on 18 November, 2003
1
Contents Chapter 1: Introduction
1
Overview ......................................................................................................................................................2 Program Support / User Assistance ..............................................................................................................3 COADE Technical Support ..........................................................................................................................4
Chapter 2: Configuration and Environment
1
Generation of the CAESAR II Configuration File........................................................................................2 Computation Control ....................................................................................................................................3 Use Pressure Stiffening .....................................................................................................................3 Missing Mass ZPA ............................................................................................................................3 Bend Axial Shape ..............................................................................................................................3 Rod Tolerance (degrees)....................................................................................................................4 Rod Increment (degrees) ...................................................................................................................4 Alpha Tolerance ................................................................................................................................4 Ambient Temperature........................................................................................................................4 Friction Stiffness ...............................................................................................................................4 Friction Normal Force Variation .......................................................................................................5 Friction Angle Variation....................................................................................................................5 Friction Slide Multiplier ....................................................................................................................5 Coefficient of Friction (Mu) ..............................................................................................................5 WRC-107 Version .............................................................................................................................5 WRC-107 Interpolation Method........................................................................................................5 Incore Numerical Check ....................................................................................................................5 Decomposition Singularity Tolerance ...............................................................................................6 Minimum Wall Mill Tolerance (%)...................................................................................................6 Bourdon Pressure...............................................................................................................................7 Ignore Spring Hanger Stiffness .........................................................................................................7 Include Spring Stiffness in Hanger OPE Travel Cases......................................................................7 Hanger Default Restraint Stiffness ....................................................................................................8 Default Translational Restraint Stiffness...........................................................................................8 Default Rotational Restraint Stiffness ...............................................................................................8 SIFs and Stresses ..........................................................................................................................................9 Default Code......................................................................................................................................9 Occasional Load Factor ...................................................................................................................10 Yield Stress Criterion ......................................................................................................................11 B31.3 Sustained Case SIF Factor ....................................................................................................12 B31.3 Welding and Contour Insert Tees Meet B16.9......................................................................13 Allow User's SIF at Bend ................................................................................................................13 Use WRC329...................................................................................................................................13 Use Schneider ..................................................................................................................................13 All Cases Corroded..........................................................................................................................13 Liberal Expansion Stress Allowable................................................................................................14 WRC 329 .........................................................................................................................................14 Base Hoop Stress On ( ID/OD/Mean/Lamés ).................................................................................14 Use PD/4t ........................................................................................................................................14
2
Contents Add F/A in Stresses .........................................................................................................................14 Add Torsion in SL Stress.................................................................................................................15 Stress Stiffening Due to Pressure ....................................................................................................15 Reduced Intersection .......................................................................................................................16 Class 1 Branch Flexibility ...............................................................................................................17 B31.1 Reduced Z Fix.......................................................................................................................17 Schneider .........................................................................................................................................17 No RFT/WLT in Reduced Fitting SIFs ...........................................................................................17 Apply B31.8 Note 2.........................................................................................................................17 Pressure Variation in Expansion Cases ...........................................................................................17 Geometry Directives ...................................................................................................................................18 Connect Geometry Through Cnodes ...............................................................................................18 Auto Node Number Increment ........................................................................................................18 Z-Axis Vertical ................................................................................................................................19 Minimum Allowed Bend Angle ......................................................................................................19 Maximum Allowed Bend Angle......................................................................................................19 Bend Length Attachment Percent ....................................................................................................19 Minimum Angle to Adjacent Bend..................................................................................................19 Loop Closure Tolerance ..................................................................................................................19 Horizontal Thermal Bowing Tolerance ...........................................................................................20 Plot Colors ..................................................................................................................................................21 OPENGL Switch .............................................................................................................................21 Pipes ................................................................................................................................................21 Nodes...............................................................................................................................................21 Rigids/Bends....................................................................................................................................21 Hangers/Nozzles..............................................................................................................................22 Structure ..........................................................................................................................................22 Background......................................................................................................................................22 Axes.................................................................................................................................................22 Labels ..............................................................................................................................................22 Highlights ........................................................................................................................................22 Displaced Shape ..............................................................................................................................22 Stress Level 1 ..................................................................................................................................22 Stress Level 2 ..................................................................................................................................22 Stress Level 3 ..................................................................................................................................22 Stress Level 4 ..................................................................................................................................22 Stress Level 5 ..................................................................................................................................22 Stress < Level 1 ...............................................................................................................................23 Stress > Level 1 ...............................................................................................................................23 Stress > Level 2 ...............................................................................................................................23 Stress > Level 3 ...............................................................................................................................23 Stress > Level 4 ...............................................................................................................................23 Stress > Level 5 ...............................................................................................................................23 FRP Pipe Properties ....................................................................................................................................24 Use FRP SIF ....................................................................................................................................24 Use FRP Flexibilities.......................................................................................................................24 FRP Property Data File....................................................................................................................25 BS 7159 Pressure Stiffening............................................................................................................25 FRP Laminate Type.........................................................................................................................25 Exclude f2 from UKOOA Bending Stress.......................................................................................26 FRP Pipe Density ............................................................................................................................26 FRP Alpha (e-06) ............................................................................................................................26 FRP Modulus of Elasticity ..............................................................................................................26 Ratio Shear Mod:Emod ...................................................................................................................26 Axial Strain:Hoop Stress (Ea/Eh*Vh/a) ..........................................................................................26
Contents
3
Database Definitions...................................................................................................................................27 Structural Database..........................................................................................................................27 Piping Size Specification (ANSI/JIS/DIN/BS)................................................................................27 Valves and Flanges..........................................................................................................................27 Expansion Joints ..............................................................................................................................28 Units File Name...............................................................................................................................28 Load Case Template ........................................................................................................................28 System Directory Name...................................................................................................................28 Default Spring Hanger Table...........................................................................................................28 Enable Data Export to ODBC-Compliant Databases ......................................................................28 Append Reruns to Existing Data .....................................................................................................29 ODBC Compliant Database Name ..................................................................................................29 Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................................30 Output Table of Contents ................................................................................................................30 Output Reports by Load Case..........................................................................................................30 Displacement Reports Sorted by Nodes ..........................................................................................30 Time History Animation..................................................................................................................31 Dynamic Example Input Text..........................................................................................................31 Memory Allocated...........................................................................................................................31 User ID ............................................................................................................................................31 Disable "File Open" Graphic Thumbnail.........................................................................................31 Disable Undo/Redo Ability .............................................................................................................32 Enable Autosave ..............................................................................................................................32 Autosave Time Interval ...................................................................................................................32 Prompted Autosave .........................................................................................................................32 Set/Change Password..................................................................................................................................33 Access Protected Data .....................................................................................................................33 New Password .................................................................................................................................33 Change Password.............................................................................................................................33 Remove Password ...........................................................................................................................33 Units File Operations ..................................................................................................................................34 Make Units File ...............................................................................................................................34 Review Existing Units File..............................................................................................................34 Create a New Units File...................................................................................................................35 Existing File to Start From ..............................................................................................................36 New Units File Name ......................................................................................................................36 View/Edit File .................................................................................................................................36 Convert Input to New Units........................................................................................................................37 Name of the Input File to Convert...................................................................................................37 Name of the Units File to Use .........................................................................................................37 Name of the Converted File.............................................................................................................37 Material Database .......................................................................................................................................38 Material - Add .................................................................................................................................38 Material - Delete..............................................................................................................................38 Material - Edit..................................................................................................................................39
Chapter 3: Piping Screen Reference
1
Piping Spreadsheet Data ...............................................................................................................................2 Help Screens and Units......................................................................................................................2 Auxiliary Fields - Component Information ................................................................................................14 Bends ...............................................................................................................................................14 Rigid Elements ................................................................................................................................18 Expansion Joints ..............................................................................................................................19
4
Contents Reducers ..........................................................................................................................................20 SIFs & Tees .....................................................................................................................................22 Auxiliary Fields - Boundary Conditions.....................................................................................................31 Restraints .........................................................................................................................................31 Hangers............................................................................................................................................36 Nozzles .......................................................................................................................................................48 Nozzle Flexibility - WRC 297.........................................................................................................48 Displacements..................................................................................................................................57 Auxiliary Fields - Imposed Loads...............................................................................................................58 Forces and Moments........................................................................................................................58 Uniform Loads.................................................................................................................................58 Wind Loads .....................................................................................................................................59 Wave Loads .....................................................................................................................................60 Auxiliary Fields - Piping Code Data...........................................................................................................62 Allowable Stresses...........................................................................................................................62 Available Commands..................................................................................................................................79 Break Command ..............................................................................................................................79 Valve/Flange Database ....................................................................................................................81 Find Distance...................................................................................................................................84 Find Element ...................................................................................................................................84 Global Coordinates ..........................................................................................................................85 Insert Element..................................................................................................................................85 Node Increment ...............................................................................................................................85 Show Informational Messages.........................................................................................................85 Tee SIF Scratchpad..........................................................................................................................85 Bend SIF Scratchpad .......................................................................................................................91 Expansion Joint Modeler .................................................................................................................95 Expansion Joint Modeler Notes.......................................................................................................98 Expansion Joint Design Notes .........................................................................................................99 Torsional Spring Rates ....................................................................................................................99 Bellows Application Notes ............................................................................................................100 Available Expansion Joint End-Types...........................................................................................100 Pressure Rating ..............................................................................................................................101 Expansion Joint Styles...................................................................................................................101 Materials ........................................................................................................................................102 Title Page.......................................................................................................................................103 Hanger Data...................................................................................................................................103 Special Execution Parameters........................................................................................................109 Combining Independent Piping Systems.......................................................................................119 List/ Edit Facility ...........................................................................................................................121 Block Operations ...........................................................................................................................123 Printing an Input Listing................................................................................................................126 Input Plotting .................................................................................................................................127 Model Rotation, Panning, and Zooming........................................................................................127 Views.............................................................................................................................................129 Volume Plotting.............................................................................................................................129 Displaying Element Information ...................................................................................................129
Contents
5
Piping Input Graphics ...............................................................................................................................131 Static Output Graphics..............................................................................................................................134
Chapter 4: Structural Steel Modeler
1
Overview ......................................................................................................................................................2 The Structural Steel Property Editor.............................................................................................................3 New File ............................................................................................................................................3 Units File ...........................................................................................................................................4 Vertical Axis......................................................................................................................................5 Material Properties ............................................................................................................................6 Cross Section (Section ID) ................................................................................................................7 Model Definition Method ................................................................................................................10 General Properties.......................................................................................................................................12 Add ..................................................................................................................................................12 Insert................................................................................................................................................12 Replace ............................................................................................................................................12 Delete...............................................................................................................................................12 UNITS Specification - UNIT......................................................................................................................13 Axis Orientation Vertical............................................................................................................................14 Material Identification - MATID ................................................................................................................15 MATID............................................................................................................................................15 YM...................................................................................................................................................15 POIS ................................................................................................................................................16 G ......................................................................................................................................................16 YS....................................................................................................................................................16 DENS...............................................................................................................................................16 ALPHA............................................................................................................................................16 Section Identification - SECID ...................................................................................................................17 Section ID........................................................................................................................................17 SECID .............................................................................................................................................17 Name ...............................................................................................................................................18 Setting Defaults - DEFAULT .....................................................................................................................19 Setting Nodes in Space - NODE, NFILL, NGEN.......................................................................................20 NODE ..............................................................................................................................................20 NFILL..............................................................................................................................................21 NGEN..............................................................................................................................................22 Building Elements - ELEM, EFILL, EGEN, EDIM...................................................................................24 ELEM ..............................................................................................................................................24 EFILL ..............................................................................................................................................25 EGEN ..............................................................................................................................................27 EDIM...............................................................................................................................................29 Resetting Element Strong Axis - ANGLE, ORIENT..................................................................................32 ANGLE ...........................................................................................................................................32 ORIENT ..........................................................................................................................................33 End Connection Information.......................................................................................................................35 Free End Connections - FREE.........................................................................................................35 Standard Structural Element Connections - BEAMS, BRACES, COLUMNS ...............................38 BRACES .........................................................................................................................................40 COLUMNS .....................................................................................................................................42 Defining Global Restraints - FIX ....................................................................................................44 Loads ..........................................................................................................................................................46 Point Loads - LOAD........................................................................................................................46 Uniform Loads - UNIF ....................................................................................................................48
6
Contents Gravity Loads - GLOADS...............................................................................................................50 Wind Loads - WIND .......................................................................................................................51 Utilities .......................................................................................................................................................53 LIST.................................................................................................................................................53 Structural Databases ...................................................................................................................................54 AISC 1977 Database .......................................................................................................................55 AISC 1989 Database .......................................................................................................................61 German 1991 Database....................................................................................................................68 Australian 1990 Database................................................................................................................71 South African 1992 Database ..........................................................................................................73 Korean 1990 Database.....................................................................................................................74 UK 1993 Database...........................................................................................................................75
Chapter 5: Controlling the Dynamic Solution
1
Dynamic Analysis Input ...............................................................................................................................2 Dynamic Analysis Overview ........................................................................................................................3 Random .............................................................................................................................................3 Harmonic ...........................................................................................................................................3 Impulse ..............................................................................................................................................6 Harmonic Analysis .......................................................................................................................................8 Excitation Frequencies ......................................................................................................................8 Harmonic Forces and Displacements ..............................................................................................11 Harmonic Displacements.................................................................................................................13 Response Spectra / Time History Load Profiles .........................................................................................16 Response Spectrum / Time History Profile Data Point Input ..........................................................21 Force Response Spectrum Definitions.............................................................................................22 Building Spectrum / Time History Load Cases ..........................................................................................24 Spectrum /Time History Profile.......................................................................................................24 Factor...............................................................................................................................................24 Direction ..........................................................................................................................................25 Combining Static and Dynamic Results ..........................................................................................32 Spectrum Time History...............................................................................................................................38 Force................................................................................................................................................38 Direction ..........................................................................................................................................38 Node ................................................................................................................................................38 Force Set #.......................................................................................................................................38 Lumped Masses ..........................................................................................................................................44 Mass.................................................................................................................................................44 Direction ..........................................................................................................................................44 Start Node........................................................................................................................................44 Stop Node ........................................................................................................................................45 Increment.........................................................................................................................................45 Snubbers ..........................................................................................................................................46 Dynamic Control Parameters......................................................................................................................48 Analysis Type (Harmonic/Spectrum/Modes/Time-History) ...........................................................49 Static Load Case for Nonlinear Restraint Status..............................................................................62 Stiffness Factor for Friction (0.0 - Not Used)..................................................................................63 Max. No. of Eigenvalues Calculated (0-Not used) ..........................................................................64 Frequency Cutoff (HZ) ....................................................................................................................67 Closely Spaced Mode Criteria/Time History Time Step (ms) .........................................................68 Load Duration (Time History or DSRSS Method) (Sec.)................................................................69 Damping (Time History or DSRSS) (Ratio of Critical) ..................................................................69 ZPA (Reg. Guide 1.60/UBC- G's)/# Time History Output Cases ...................................................71
Contents
7
Re-use Last Eigensolution ...............................................................................................................73 Spatial or Modal Combination First ................................................................................................73 Spatial Combination Method (SRSS/ABS) .....................................................................................74 Modal Combination Method (GROUP/10%/DSRSS/ABS/SRSS)..................................................74 Include Pseudostatic (Anchor Movement) Components (Y/N) .......................................................77 Include Missing Mass Components (Y/N) ......................................................................................78 Pseudostatic (Anchor Movement) Comb. Method (SRSS/ABS).....................................................78 Missing Mass Combination Method (SRSS/ABS) ..........................................................................78 Directional Combination Method (SRSS/ABS) ..............................................................................79 Sturm Sequence Check on Computed Eigenvalues (Y/N)...............................................................79 Advanced Parameters .................................................................................................................................81 Estimated Number of Significant Figures in Eigenvalues ...............................................................81 Jacobi Sweep Tolerance ..................................................................................................................82 Decomposition Singularity Tolerance .............................................................................................82 Subspace Size (0-Not Used) ............................................................................................................82 No. to Converge Before Shift Allowed (0 - Not Used) ...................................................................83 No. of Iterations Per Shift (0 - Pgm computed) ...............................................................................83 Percent of Iterations Per Shift Before Orthogonalization ................................................................84 Force Orthogonalization After Convergence (Y/N) ........................................................................84 Use Out-Of-Core Eigensolver (Y/N)...............................................................................................84 Frequency Array Spaces ..................................................................................................................84 Pulsation Loads...........................................................................................................................................85 Relief Valve Thrust Load Analysis.............................................................................................................88 Relief Load Synthesis for Gases Greater Than 15 psig ...................................................................88 Relief Load Synthesis for Liquids ...................................................................................................94 Output From the Liquid Relief Load Synthesizer............................................................................96
Chapter 6: Technical Discussions
1
Rigid Element Application ...........................................................................................................................2 Rigid Material Weight .......................................................................................................................2 Rigid Fluid Weight ............................................................................................................................2 Rigid Insulation Weight.....................................................................................................................2 Cold Spring...................................................................................................................................................4 Expansion Joints ...........................................................................................................................................7 Hanger Sizing Algorithm............................................................................................................................10 Spring Design Requirements ...........................................................................................................10 Restrained Weight Case...................................................................................................................10 Operating Case ................................................................................................................................11 Installed Load Case .........................................................................................................................11 Setting Up the Spring Load Cases ...................................................................................................12 Constant Effort Support...................................................................................................................12 Including the Spring Hanger Stiffness in the Design Algorithm .....................................................13 Other Notes on Hanger Sizing.........................................................................................................13 Class 1 Branch Flexibilities ........................................................................................................................14 Modeling Friction Effects ...........................................................................................................................17 Nonlinear Code Compliance.......................................................................................................................19 Sustained Stresses and Nonlinear Restraints ..............................................................................................20 Notes on Occasional Load Cases.....................................................................................................23 Static Seismic Loads...................................................................................................................................24 Wind Loads.................................................................................................................................................27 Elevation..........................................................................................................................................29 Hydrodynamic (Wave and Current) Loading .............................................................................................30 Ocean Wave Particulars...................................................................................................................31
8
Contents Applicable Wave Theory Determination .........................................................................................32 Pseudo-Static Hydrodynamic Loading ............................................................................................32 AIRY Wave Theory Implementation ..............................................................................................33 STOKES Wave Theory Implementation .........................................................................................34 Stream Function Wave Theory Implementation..............................................................................34 Ocean Currents ................................................................................................................................34 Technical Notes on CAESAR II Hydrodynamic Loading...............................................................35 Input: Specifying Hydrodynamic Parameters in CAESAR II .........................................................39 Current Data ....................................................................................................................................39 Wave Data .......................................................................................................................................41 Seawater Data..................................................................................................................................42 Piping Element Data........................................................................................................................42 References .......................................................................................................................................42 Evaluating Vessel Stresses..........................................................................................................................44 ASME Section VIII Division 2 - Elastic Analysis of Nozzle ..........................................................44 Procedure to Perform Elastic Analyses of Nozzles .........................................................................46 Description of Alternate Simplified ASME Sect. VIII Div. 2 Nozzle Analysis ..............................47 Simplified ASME Sect. VIII Div. 2 Elastic Nozzle Analysis..........................................................48 Inclusion of Missing Mass Correction ........................................................................................................49 References .......................................................................................................................................52 Fatigue Analysis Using CAESAR II...........................................................................................................54 Fatigue Basics..................................................................................................................................54 Fatigue Analysis of Piping Systems ................................................................................................55 Static Analysis Fatigue Example .....................................................................................................56 Fatigue Capabilities in Dynamic Analysis.......................................................................................65 Creating the .FAT Files ...................................................................................................................67 Calculation of Fatigue Stresses........................................................................................................68 Pipe Stress Analysis of FRP Piping ............................................................................................................70 Underlying Theory ..........................................................................................................................70 FRP Analysis Using CAESAR II ....................................................................................................85 Code Compliance Considerations...............................................................................................................93 General Notes for All Codes ...........................................................................................................93 Code-Specific Notes ........................................................................................................................98 Local Coordinates .....................................................................................................................................127 Other Global Coordinate Systems .................................................................................................128 The Right Hand Rule.....................................................................................................................128 Pipe Stress Analysis Coordinate Systems......................................................................................130 Defining a Model...........................................................................................................................133 Using Local Coordinates ...............................................................................................................135 CAESAR II Local Coordinate Definitions ....................................................................................136 Applications - Utilizing Global and Local Coordinates.................................................................140 Transforming from Global to Local ..............................................................................................146 Frequently Asked Questions..........................................................................................................147
Chapter 7: Miscellaneous Processors
1
Accounting....................................................................................................................................................2 Accounting File Structure..................................................................................................................8
Contents
9
Batch Stream Processing ..............................................................................................................................9 CAESAR II Fatal Error Processing ............................................................................................................11
Chapter 8: Interfaces
1
Overview of CAESAR II Interfaces .............................................................................................................2 CAD Interfaces .............................................................................................................................................4 CADWorx/PIPE Link........................................................................................................................4 DXF AutoCAD Interface...................................................................................................................4 CADPIPE Interface ...........................................................................................................................5 ComputerVision Interface ...............................................................................................................24 Intergraph Interface .........................................................................................................................26 PRO-ISO Interface ..........................................................................................................................64 PCF Interface...................................................................................................................................72 Generic Neutral Files ..................................................................................................................................74 CAESAR II Neutral File Interface ..................................................................................................74 Data Matrix Interface.......................................................................................................................94 Computational Interfaces ............................................................................................................................95 LIQT Interface.................................................................................................................................95 PIPENET Interface ........................................................................................................................100 Data Export to ODBC Compliant Databases ............................................................................................102 DSN Setup .....................................................................................................................................102 Controlling the Data Export ..........................................................................................................105 Data Export Wizard .......................................................................................................................106
Chapter 9: File Sets
1
CAESAR II File Guide .................................................................................................................................2 CAESAR II Operational (Job) Data Files...................................................................................................14
Chapter 10: Update History
1
CAESAR II Initial Capabilities (12/84)........................................................................................................2 CAESAR II Version 1.1S Features (2/86) ....................................................................................................3 CAESAR II Version 2.0A Features (10/86) .................................................................................................4 CAESAR II Version 2.1C Features (6/87)....................................................................................................5 CAESAR II Version 2.2B Features (9/88)....................................................................................................6 CAESAR II Version 3.0 Features (4/90) ......................................................................................................7 CAESAR II Version 3.1 Features (11/90) ....................................................................................................8 Graphics Updates...............................................................................................................................8 Rotating Equipment Report Updates .................................................................................................8 WRC 107 Updates.............................................................................................................................8 Miscellaneous Modifications.............................................................................................................8 CAESAR II Version 3.15 Features (9/91) ....................................................................................................9 Flange Leakage and Stress Calculations............................................................................................9 WRC 297 Local Stress Calculations..................................................................................................9 Stress Intensification Factor Scratchpad............................................................................................9 Miscellaneous ....................................................................................................................................9 CAESAR II Version 3.16 Features (12/91) ................................................................................................10 CAESAR II Version 3.17 Features (3/92) ..................................................................................................11 CAESAR II Version 3.18 Features (9/92) ..................................................................................................12 Codes and Databases .......................................................................................................................12
10
Contents Interfaces Added..............................................................................................................................12 Miscellaneous Changes ...................................................................................................................12 CAESAR II Version 3.19 Features (3/93) ..................................................................................................14 CAESAR II Version 3.20 Features (10/93) ................................................................................................15 CAESAR II Version 3.21 Changes and Enhancements (7/94) ...................................................................16 CAESAR II Version 3.22 Changes & Enhancements (4/95)......................................................................18 CAESAR II Version 3.23 Changes (3/96) ..................................................................................................20 CAESAR II Version 3.24 Changes & Enhancements (3/97)......................................................................21 CAESAR II Version 4.00 Changes and Enhancements (1/98) ...................................................................24 CAESAR II Version 4.10 Changes and Enhancements (1/99) ...................................................................25 CAESAR II Version 4.20 Changes and Enhancements (2/00) ...................................................................26 CAESAR II Version 4.30 Changes and Enhancements (3/01) ...................................................................27 CAESAR II Version 4.40 Features .............................................................................................................28 CAESAR II Version 4.40 Technical Changes and Enhancements ( 5/02)..................................................29
1
CHAPTER 1
Introduction In This Chapter Overview .....................................................................................2 Program Support / User Assistance .............................................3 COADE Technical Support.........................................................4
2
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Overview This CAESAR II Technical Reference Guide is the reference manual for CAESAR II. It presents the theory behind CAESAR II operations, and explains why certain tasks are performed. Users are urged to review the background material contained in this manual, especially when applying CAESAR II to unfamiliar types of analysis. Chapter 2 (see "Configuration and Environment" on page 1) discusses the configuration of CAESAR II and the resulting environment. This includes language support and program customization. In addition to the COADE supplied routines, several third-party diagnostic packages are also mentioned. Chapter 3 (see "Piping Screen Reference" on page 1), Piping Input Reference, contains images of program generated screens, and explains each input cell, menu option, and toolbar button. Also discussed in detail is the Plot Screen, which displays the input model graphically. Chapter 4 (see "Structural Steel Modeler" on page 1) examines the Structural Steel Modeler and describes all commands, toolbar buttons, menu items, and input fields. Chapter 5 (see "Controlling the Dynamic Solution" on page 1) discusses the Dynamic Input and Control Parameters: each input cell, toolbar button, and menu item is examined. The purpose and effects of the various Dynamic Control Parameters are detailed. Chapter 6 (see "Technical Discussions" on page 1) contains theoretical overviews of various technical methods used in CAESAR II. Both common and advanced modeling techniques are covered. Chapter 7 (see "Miscellaneous Processors" on page 1) provides information regarding a few miscellaneous auxiliary processors. Chapter 8 (see "Interfaces" on page 1) details interfaces between CAESAR II and other programs. Chapter 9 (see "File Sets" on page 1) presents a list of files associated with CAESAR II. Chapter 10 (see "Update History" on page 1) lists the CAESAR II update history.
Chapter 1 Introduction
3
Program Support / User Assistance COADE’s staff understands that CAESAR II is not only a complex analysis tool but also, at times, an elaborate process—one that may not be obvious to the casual user. While our documentation is intended to address the questions raised regarding piping analysis, system modeling, and results interpretation, not all the answers can be quickly found in these volumes. COADE understands the engineer’s need to produce efficient, economical, and expeditious designs. To that end, COADE has a staff of helpful professionals ready to address any CAESAR II and piping issues raised by users. CAESAR II support is available by telephone, e-mail, fax, and the internet; literally hundreds of support calls are answered every week. COADE provides this service at no additional charge to the user. It is expected, however, that questions focus on the current version of the program. Formal training in CAESAR II and pipe stress analysis is also available from COADE. COADE schedules regular training classes in Houston and provides in-house and open attendance training around the world. These courses focus on the expertise available at COADE — modeling, analysis, and design.
4
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
COADE Technical Support Phone: 281-890-4566
E-mail:
[email protected]
Fax:
WEB: www.coade.com (http://www.coade.com/c2articles/c2_faq_ web.html)
281-890-3301
1
CHAPTER 2
Configuration and Environment In This Chapter Generation of the CAESAR II Configuration File ......................2 Computation Control...................................................................3 SIFs and Stresses.........................................................................9 Geometry Directives....................................................................18 Plot Colors...................................................................................21 FRP Pipe Properties ....................................................................24 Database Definitions ...................................................................27 Miscellaneous..............................................................................30 Set/Change Password ..................................................................33 Units File Operations ..................................................................34 Convert Input to New Units ........................................................37 Material Database........................................................................38
2
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Generation of the CAESAR II Configuration File Each time CAESAR II starts, the configuration file caesar.cfg is read from the current data directory. If this file is not found in the current data directory, the installation directory is searched for the configuration file. If the configuration file is not found, a fatal error will be generated and CAESAR II will terminate. The configuration or setup file contains directives that dictate how CAESAR II will operate on a particular computer and how it will perform a particular analysis. The caesar.cfg file is generated by selecting TOOLS/CONFIGURE/SETUP (or the Configure button from the toolbar) from the CAESAR II Main Menu. Note: You must click the Exit w/Save button on the bottom of the Configure/Setup window to create a new configuration file or to save changes to the existing configuration file. The configuration program produces the Computation Control (on page 3) window. Use the tabs to navigate to the appropriate configuration spreadsheets.
Important: The caesar.cfg file may vary from machine to machine and many of the setup directives modify the analysis. Do not expect the same input file to produce identical results between machines unless the setup files are identical. It is advised that a copy of the setup file be archived with input and output data so that identical reruns can be made. The units file, if modified by the user, would also need to be identical if the same results are to be produced. The following section explains the CAESAR II setup file options. They are grouped as they appear when chosen from the tabs on the Configure window.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
3
Computation Control
Computational Control Configuration Settings
Use Pressure Stiffening This flag enables CAESAR II to include pressure-stiffening effects in those codes that do not explicitly require its use. In these cases pressure-stiffening effects will apply to all bends, elbows, and both miter types. In all cases, the pressure used is the maximum of all pressures defined for the element.
Missing Mass ZPA The default for this option is Extracted, which means that CAESAR II will use the spectrum value at the last “extracted” mode. Changing this value to SPECTRUM instructs CAESAR II to use the last spectrum value as the ZPA for the missing mass computations.
Bend Axial Shape For bends 45 degrees or smaller, a major contributor to deformation can be the axial displacement of the short-arched pipe. With the axial shape function disabled this displacement mode is ignored and the bend will be stiffer.
4
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Rod Tolerance (degrees) The angular plus-or-minus permitted convergence error. Unless the change from iteration “n” to iteration “n+1” is less this value, the rod will NOT be converged. The default of CAESAR II is 1.0 degree. For systems subject to large horizontal displacements, values of 5.0 degrees for convergence tolerances have been used successfully.
Rod Increment (degrees) The maximum amount of angular change that any one support can experience between iterations. For difficult-to-converge problems, values of 0.1 have proven effective here. When small values are used, however, the user should be prepared for a large number of iterations. The total number of iterations can be estimated from: Est. No. Iterations = 1.5(x)/(r)/(Rod Increment) Where: x - maximum horizontal displacement at any one rod. r - rod length at that support
Alpha Tolerance The breakpoint at which CAESAR II decides that the entry in the Temp fields on the input spreadsheet is a thermal expansion coefficient or a temperature. The default is 0.05. This means that any entry in the Temp fields whose absolute magnitude is less than 0.05 is taken to be a thermal expansion coefficient in terms of inches per inch (dimensionless). Use of this field provides some interesting modeling tools. If an Alpha Tolerance of 1.1 is set, then an entry in the Temp 2 field of -1 causes the element defined by this expansion coefficient to shrink to zero length. This alternate method of specifying cold spring is quite useful in jobs having hanger design with cold spring (see chapter 6 (see "Technical Discussions" on page 1) for more details regarding Cold Spring).
Ambient Temperature
If 0.0 is entered here, the default ambient temperature for all elements in the system is (degrees ^07) . If this does not accurately represent the installed, or zero expansion strain state, then enter a different value in this field.
Friction Stiffness Friction restraint stiffness. The default is 1E6 lb/in. This value is used when a friction restraint is "nonsliding." In the "non-sliding" state, stiffnesses are inserted in the two directions perpendicular to the restraint’s line of action and opposing any sliding motion. This is the first parameter that should be adjusted to help a slowly converging problem where friction is suspected. Lower stiffness values permit more "non-sliding" movement, but given the indeterminate nature of the friction problem in general, this error is not considered crucial.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
5
Friction Normal Force Variation This tolerance, default of 0.15, or 15 percent, is the amount of variation in the normal force that is permitted before an adjustment will be made in the sliding friction force. This value normally should not be adjusted.
Friction Angle Variation Friction sliding angle variation. The default is 15 degrees. This parameter had more significance in versions prior to 2.1. This parameter is currently only used in the first iteration when a restraint goes from the non-sliding to sliding state. All subsequent iterations compensate for the angle variation automatically.
Friction Slide Multiplier This is an internal friction sliding force multiplier and should never be adjusted by the user unless so directed by a member of the COADE/CAESAR II support staff.
Coefficient of Friction (Mu) The value specified here is applied by default as the coefficient of friction to all translational restraints. Specifying a value of zero, the default, means that no friction is applied.
WRC-107 Version This directive sets the Version of the WRC-107 bulletin used in the computations. Valid options are: August 1965 March 1979 March 1979 with the 1B1-1 and 2B-1 off axis curves (default)
WRC-107 Interpolation Method The curves in WRC Bulletin 107 cover essentially all applications of nozzles in vessels or piping; however, should any of the interpolation parameters i.e., U, Beta, etc. fall outside the limits of the available curves then some extension of the WRC method must be used. The default is to use the last value in the particular WRC table. Alternatively, the user may control this extensions methodology interactively. This causes the program to prompt the user for curve values when necessary.
Incore Numerical Check Enables the in-core solution module to test the stability of the solution for the current model and loadings. This option, if enabled, adds the solution of an extra load case to the job stream.
6
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Decomposition Singularity Tolerance The default value is 1.0 e+10. CAESAR II checks the ratio of off-diagonal coefficients to the on-diagonal coefficient in the row. If this ratio is greater than the decomposition singularity tolerance, then a numerical error may occur. This problem does not have to be associated with a system singularity. This condition can exist when very small, and/or long pipes are connected to very short, and/or large pipes. The out-ofcore solution will, however, stop with a singularity message. This solution abort will prevent any possibility of an errant solution. These solutions have several general characteristics: When machine precision errors of this type occur they are very local in nature, affecting only a single element or very small part of the model, and are readily noticeable upon inspection. The 1E10 limit can be increased to 1E11 or 1E12 and still provide a reasonable check on solution accuracy. Any solution computed after this limit has been increased should always be checked closely for “reasonableness.” At 1E11 or 1E12 the number of significant figures in the local solution has been reduced to two or three. The 1E10 limit can be increased to 1E20 or 1E30 to get the job to run, but the user should remember that the possibility for a locally errant solution exists when stiffness ratios are allowed to get this high. Solutions should be carefully checked.
Minimum Wall Mill Tolerance (%) Use this directive is to specify the default percentage of wall thickness allowed for mill and other mechanical tolerances. Note: For most piping codes, this value is only used during the "minimum wall thickness" computation. Mill tolerance is usually not considered in the flexibility analysis. By default this value is 12.5, corresponding to a 12.5% tolerance. To eliminate mill tolerance consideration, set this directive to 0.0.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
7
Bourdon Pressure Select the BOURDON PRESSURE EFFECT from the drop list. The BOURDON EFFECT causes straight pipe to elongate, and bends to "OPEN UP" translationally along a line connecting the curvature end points. If the BOURDON EFFECT is not activated there will be no global displacements due to pressure.
BOURDON PRESSURE OPTION #1 (TRANSLATION ONLY) includes only translational effects.
BOURDON PRESSURE OPTION #2 (TRANSLATION & ROTATION) includes translational and rotational effects on bends. OPTION #2 may apply for bends that are formed or rolled from straight pipe, where the bend cross section will be slightly oval due to the bending process.
Note: OPTION #1 is the same as OPTION #2 for straight pipe. For elbows, OPTION #1 should apply for forged and welded fittings where the bend cross section can be considered essentially circular.
Note: The BOURDON EFFECT (translation only) is always considered when FRP pipe is used, regardless of the actual setting of the BOURDON FLAG.
Ignore Spring Hanger Stiffness Enabling this option causes CAESAR II to ignore the stiffness of spring hangers in the analysis. This option is consistent with hand computation methods of spring hanger design, which ignored the effects of the springs. Important:
COADE recommends that this value never be changed.
Include Spring Stiffness in Hanger OPE Travel Cases Enabling this option defaults CAESAR II to place the designed spring stiffness into the Hanger Operating Travel Case and iterate until the system balances. This iteration scheme therefore considers the effect of the spring hanger stiffness on the thermal growth of the system (vertical travel of the spring). If this option is used, it is very important that the hanger load in the cold case (in the physical system) be adjusted to match the reported hanger Cold Load. Disabling this option defaults the program to design spring hangers the traditional way.
8
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Hanger Default Restraint Stiffness
Where hangers are adjacent to other supports or are themselves very close (for example where there are two hangers on either side of a trunnion support), the CAESAR II hanger design algorithm may generate poorly distributed hot hanger loads in the vicinity of the close hangers. Using a more flexible support for computing the hanger restrained weight loads often allows the design algorithm to more effectively distribute the system’s weight. A typical entry is 50,000; the default value is (1.0E12 lb/in).
Default Translational Restraint Stiffness
This directive defines the value used for non-specified translational restraint stiffnesses. By default this value is assumed to be (1.0E12 lb./in).
Default Rotational Restraint Stiffness
This directive defines the value used for non-specified rotational restraint stiffnesses. By default this value is assumed to be (1.0E12 in-lb/deg).
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
9
SIFs and Stresses
SIFs and Stresses Configuration Settings
Default Code The piping code the user designs to most often should go here. This code will be used as the default if no code is specified in the problem input. The default piping code is B31.3, the chemical plant and petroleum refinery code. Valid entries are B31.1, B31.3, B31.4, B31.4 Chapter IX, B31.5, B31.8, B31.8 Chapter VIII, B31.11, ASME-NC(Class 2), ASME-ND(Class 3), NAVY505, Z662, BS806, SWEDISH1, SWEDISH2, B31.1-1967, STOOMWEZEN, RCCM-C, RCCM-D, CODETI, Norwegian, FDBR, BS7159, UKOOA, IGE/TD/12, and DNV.
10
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Occasional Load Factor The default value of 0.0 tells CAESAR II to use the value that the active piping code recommends. B31.1 states that the calculated stress may exceed the maximum allowable stress from Appendix A, (Sh), by 15% if the event duration occurs less than 10% of any 24 hour operating period, and by 20% if the event duration occurs less than 1% of any 24 hour operating period. The default for B31.1 applications is 15%. If 20% is more suitable for the system being analyzed then this directive can be used to enter the 20%. B31.3 states, “The sum of the longitudinal stresses due to pressure, weight, and other sustained loadings (S1) and of the stresses produced by occasional loads such as wind or earthquake may be as much as 1.33 times the allowable stress given in Appendix A. Where the allowable stress value exceeds 2/3 of yield strength at temperature, the allowable stress value must be reduced as specified in Note 3 in 302.3.2.” The default for B31.3 applications is 33%. If this is too high for the material and temperature specified then a smaller occasional load factor can be input.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
11
Yield Stress Criterion The 132 column stress report produced by CAESAR II contains a value representative of the maximum stress state through the cross section, computed per the indicated yield criteria theory. CAESAR II can compute this maximum stress (note, this is not a Code stress) according to either Von Mises Theory or the Maximum Shear Theory. The selected stress is computed at four points along the axis normal to the plane of bending (outside top, inside top, inside bottom, outside bottom), and the maximum value is printed in the stress report. The equations used for each of these yield criteria are listed below. If the Von Mises Theory is used, CAESAR II computes the octahedral shear stress, which differs from the Von Mises stress by a constant factor. (For B31.4 Chapter IX, B31.8 Chapter VIII, and DnV this setting controls which equation is used to compute the "equivalent stress". For these three codes, the equations shown in the code are used to determine the yield criterion, not the standard mechanical stress equations shown below. These standard mechanical stress equations are used for the other codes addressed by CAESAR II. )
3D Maximum Shear Stress Intensity (Default) SI = Maximum of: S1OT - S3OT S1OB - S3OB Max(S1IT,RPS) - Min(S3IT,RPS) Max(S1IB,RPS) - Min(S3IB,RPS) Von Mises Stress (Octahedral) OCT = Maximum of: (S3OB2+S1OB2+(S3OB-S1OB)2)1/2 / 3.0 ((S3IB-RPS)2+(S3IB-S1IB)2+(RPS-S1IB)2)1/2 / 3.0 (S3OT2+S1OT2+(S1OT-S3OT)2)1/2 / 3.0 ((S3IT-RPS)2+(S3IT-S1IT)2+(RPS-S1IT)2)1/2 / 3.0 Where: S1OT=Maximum Principal Stress, Outside Top = (SLOT+HPSO)/2.0+(((SLOT-HPSO)/2.0)2+TSO2)1/2 S3OT=Minimum Principal Stress, Outside Top =(SLOT+HPSO)/2.0- (((SLOT-HPSO)/2.0)2+TSO2)
1/2
12
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
S1IT=Maximum Principal Stress, Inside Top =(SLIT+HPSI)/2.0+(((SLIT-HPSI)/2.0)2+TSI2)
1/2
S3IT=Minimum Principal Stress, Inside Top =(SLIT+HPSI)/2.0- (((SLIT-HPSI)/2.0)2+TSI2)
1/2
S1OB=Maximum Principal Stress, Outside Top =(SLOB+HPSO)/2.0+ (((SLOB-HPSO)/2.0)2+TSO2)
1/2
S3OB=Minimum Principal Stress, Outside Bottom =(SLOB+HPSO)/2.0- (((SLOB-HPSO)/2.0)2+TSO2)
1/2
S1IB=Maximum Principal Stress, Inside Bottom =(SLIB+HPSI)/2.0+ (((SLIB-HPSI)/2.0)2+TSI2)
1/2
S3IB=Minimum Principal Stress, Inside Bottom =(SLIB+HPSI)/2.0- (((SLIB-HPSI)/2.0)2+TSI2)
1/2
RPS=Radial Pressure Stress, Inside HPSI=Hoop Pressure Stress (Inside, from Lame’s Equation) HPSO=Hoop Pressure Stress (Outside, from Lame’s Equation) SLOT=Longitudinal Stress, Outside Top SLIT=Longitudinal Stress, Inside Top SLOB=Longitudinal Stress, Outside Bottom SLIB=Longitudinal Stress, Inside Bottom TSI=Torsional Stress, Inside TSO=Torsional Stress, Outside
B31.3 Sustained Case SIF Factor B31.3 Code Interpretation 1-34 dated February 23, 1981 File: 1470-1 states that for sustained and occasional loads an SIF of 0.75i, but not less than 1.0 may be used. This setup directive allows the user to enter his/her own coefficient. The default is 1.0. To comply with this interpretation the user would enter 0.75. B31.3 Code Interpretation 6-03 dated December 14, 1987 permitted users to ignore the stress intensification for sustained and occasional loads.To comply with this interpretation, the user would enter 0.0.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
13
B31.3 Welding and Contour Insert Tees Meet B16.9 This flag controls the "assumption" that the geometry of B31.3 welding and contour insert tees (sweepolets) meet the dimensional requirements of the code, and can be classified as B16.9 tees. The default setting for this directive is "NO", which causes the program to use a flexibility characteristic of 3.1*T/r, as per the A01 addendum. Selecting this checkbox, allows the program to assume that the fitting geometry meets the requirements of Note 11, introduced in the A01 addendum, and a flexibility characteristic of 4.4*T/r will be used. Note: In order to match runs made with CAESAR II prior to Version 4.40, this checkbox must be selected. Prior to Version 4.40, CAESAR II always used a flexibility characteristic of 4.4*T/r.
Allow User's SIF at Bend This feature was added for those users that wished to change the stress intensification factor for bends. Previously this was not permitted, and the code defined SIF was always used. If the user enables this directive, he may override the code’s calculated SIF for bends. The user entered SIF acts over the entire bend curvature and must be specified at the “TO” end of the bend element. The default is off.
Use WRC329 This directive activates the WRC329 guidelines for all intersections, (not just for reduced intersections). The recommendations made by Rodabaugh in section 5.0 of WRC329 will be followed exactly in making the stress calculations for intersections. Every attempt has been made to improve the stress calculations for all codes, not just the four discussed in Rodabaugh’s paper. Users not employing either B31.1, B31.3 or the ASME NC or ND codes, and who wish to use WRC329 are encouraged to contact COADE for additional information. Throughout this document WRC330 and WRC329 are used synonymously (330 was the draft version of 329). When finally published, the official WRC designation was 329.
Use Schneider This directive activates the Schneider reduced intersection assumptions. It was because of observations by Schneider that much of the work on WRC 329 was started. Schneider pointed out that the code SIFs could be in error when the d/D ratio at the intersection was less than 1.0 and greater than 0.5. In this d/D range the SIFs could be in error by a factor as high as 2.0. Using the Schneider option in CAESAR II results in a multiplication of the out of plane branch stress intensification by a number between 1 and 2 when the d/D ratio for the intersection is between 0.5 and 1.0. For B31.1 and other codes that do not differentiate between in and out-of-plane SIFs the multiplication will be used for the single stress intensification given.
All Cases Corroded A recent version of the B31.3 piping code mentioned reducing the section modulus for sustained or occasional stress calculations by the reduction in wall thickness due to corrosion. Several users have interpreted this to mean that the reduced section modulus should be used for all stress calculations, including expansion. This directive allows those users to apply this conservative interpretation of the code. Enabling All Cases Corroded causes CAESAR II to use the corroded section modulus for the calculation of all stress types. This method is recommended as conservative, and probably more realistic as corrosion can significantly affect fatigue life, i.e., expansion. Disabling this directive causes CAESAR II to strictly follow the piping code recommendations, i.e. depending on the active piping code, some load cases will consider corrosion and some will not.
14
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Liberal Expansion Stress Allowable Activate this check box in order to cause CAESAR II to default new jobs to use the “Liberal Expansion Stress Allowable” – to add the difference between the hot allowable stress and the sustained stress to the allowable expansion stress range (if permitted by the particular code in use). Deactivating this option causes new jobs to default to not using this allowable.
WRC 329 Allows the user to use the recommendations of WRC 329 for reduced intersections. A reduced intersection is any intersection where the d/D ratio is less than 0.975. The WRC 329 recommendations result in more conservative stress calculations in some instances and less conservative stress calculations in others. In all cases the WRC 329 values should be more accurate, and more truly in-line with the respective codes intent.
Base Hoop Stress On ( ID/OD/Mean/Lamés ) This directive is used to indicate how the value of hoop stress should be calculated. The default is to use the ID of the pipe. Most piping codes consider the effects of pressure in the longitudinal component of the CODE stress. Usually, the value of the hoop stress has no bearing on the CODE stress, so changing this directive does not affect the acceptability of the piping system. If desired, the user may change the way CAESAR II computes the hoop stress value. This directive has the following options: ID—Hoop stress is computed according to Pd/2t where “d” is the internal diameter of the pipe. OD—Hoop stress is computed according to Pd/2t where “d” is the outer diameter of the pipe. Mean—Hoop stress is computed according to Pd/2t where “d” is the average or mean diameter of the pipe. Lamés—Hoop stress is computed according to Lamés equation, Ri2 ) and varies through the wall as a function of R.
= P ( Ri2 + Ri2 * Ro2 / R2 ) / ( Ro2 -
Use PD/4t Enabling this directive causes CAESAR II to use the simplified form of the longitudinal stress term when computing sustained stresses. Some codes permit this simplified form when the pipe wall thickness is thin. This option is used most often when users are comparing CAESAR II results to those from an older pipe stress program. The more comprehensive calculation, i.e. the Default, is recommended.
Add F/A in Stresses Determines whether or not the axial stress term is included in the code stress computation. Setting this directive to Default causes CAESAR II to use whatever the currently active piping code recommends. Only the B31.3-type piping codes (i.e. codes where the sustained stress equation is not explicitly given) have the F/A stresses included in the sustained and occasional stress equations. The B31.1-type codes do not include the F/A stresses because the equations given explicitly in the code do not include it. The F/A stresses discussed here are not due to longitudinal pressure. These are the F/A stresses due to structural loads in the piping system itself.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
15
Add Torsion in SL Stress Some piping codes include torsion in the sustained and occasional stresses by explicitly including it in the stress equation (i.e. B31.1), and some don’t include torsion in the sustained and occasional stresses by implicitly calling for “longitudinal stresses” only (i.e. B31.3). Setting the Add Torsion in SL Stress directive to Yes forces CAESAR II to include the torsion term in those codes that don’t include it already by default. Setting this directive to Default causes CAESAR II to use whatever the currently active piping code implies. In a sustained stress analysis of a very hot piping system subject to creep, it is recommended that the user include torsion in the sustained stress calculation via this parameter in the setup file.
Stress Stiffening Due to Pressure This flag instructs the program to include pressure stiffening effects on straight pipes. The options for this flag are:
0 - no stiffening of straight pipes due to pressure 1 - elemental stiffening using Pressure #1 2 - elemental stiffening using Pressure #2
Note, this option modifies the element's stiffness matrix.
16
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Reduced Intersection Available options are B31.1(Pre 1980), B31.1(Post 1980), WRC329, ASME SEC III, and Schneider:
B31.1 (Pre 1980) Allows the B31.1 code user to have the pre-1980 code rules used for reduced intersection. These rules didnot define a separate branch SIF for the reduced branch end. The branch stress intensification factor will be the same as the header stress intensification factor regardless of the branch-to-header diameter ratio.
B31.1 (Post 1980) Allows the B31.1 code user to employ the post-1980 code rules for reduced intersections. The reduced intersection SIF equations in B31.1 from 1980 through 1989 generated unnecessarily high SIFs because of a mistake made in the implementation. (This is as per WRC329.) For this reason many users opted for the “Pre 1980” B31.1 SIF calculation discussed above. CAESAR II corrects this mistake by the automatic activation of the flag: B31.1 Reduced Z Fix = On. Users can vary the status of this flag in the CAESAR II setup file to generate any interpretation of B31.1 desired. The default for a new job is for B31.1(Post 1980) and for the B31.1 Reduced Z Fix = On. The No RFT/WLT in Reduced Fitting SIFs flag also affects the SIF calculations at reduced intersections and is also available in this release.
WRC 329 Allows the user to use the recommendations of WRC329 for reduced intersections. A reduced intersection is any intersection where the d/D ratio is less than 0.975. The WRC329 recommendations result in more conservative stress calculations in some instances and less conservative stress calculations in others. In all cases the WRC329 values should be more accurate, and more truly in-line with the respective codes intent.
ASME Sect. III Allows the user to use the 1985 ASME Section III NC and ND rules for reduced intersections.
Schneider Activates the Schneider reduced intersection stress intensification factor multiplication. Has the same effect as the Use Schneider option.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
17
Class 1 Branch Flexibility Activates the Class 1 flexibility calculations. The appearance of this parameter in the setup file will completely change the modeling of intersections in the analysis. For intersections not satisfying the reduced branch rules that d/D 0.5 and that D/T 100, the branch will start at the surface of the header pipe. A perfectly rigid junction between the centerline of the header and surface will be formed automatically by CAESAR II using the element offset calculations. SIFs act at the surface point for the branch. When the reduced branch rules are satisfied, the local flexibility of the header is also inserted at this surface point. Intersections not satisfying the reduced intersection rules will be “stiffer” and carry more load, while intersections satisfying the reduced intersection rules will be more flexible and will carry less load. All changes to the model are completely transparent to the user. In systems where the intersection flexibility is a major component of the overall system stiffness, the user is urged to run the analysis both with and without the Class 1 Branch Flexibility active to determine the effect this modeling on the analysis. For more technical discussion, refer to Class 1 Branch Flexibilities (on page 14).
B31.1 Reduced Z Fix This directive is used in conjunction with B31.1, and makes the correction to the reduced branch stress calculation that existed in the 1980 through 1989 versions of B31.1. This error was corrected in the 1989 version of B31.1, and the B31.1 Reduced Z Fix is on by default in CAESAR II.
Schneider Activates the Schneider reduced intersection stress intensification factor multiplication. Has the same effect as the Use Schneider option.
No RFT/WLT in Reduced Fitting SIFs There has been considerable concern involving the SIFs for reduced fittings. Part of the discussion centers around just what should be considered a reduced fitting. The CAESAR II default is to assume that welding tees and reinforced fabricated tees are covered by the reduced fitting expressions, even though the reduced fitting expressions do not explicitly cover these intersection types. Users wishing to leave welding tees and reinforced tees out of this definition should enable this directive.
Apply B31.8 Note 2 The B31.8 piping code defines both "in-plane" and "out -of -plane" SIF values. The notes to Appendix E, B31.8 states that a more conservative approach can be taken, by using the "out-of-plane" SIF value for the "in-plane" value (Note 2). This directive controls whether or not this more conservative approach is used. Prior to Version 4.30, CAESAR II always applied Note 2, the more conservative approach, and there was no way to alter this behavior. The user can control (through the use of this directive) whether or not Note 2 is implemented. The default behavior is to use the two different SIF values and not employ Note 2.
Pressure Variation in Expansion Cases This directive controls whether or not any pressure variation (between the referenced load cases) will appear in the resulting expansion load case.
18
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Geometry Directives
Geometry Directives Configuration Settings
Connect Geometry Through Cnodes Restraints, flexible nozzles, and spring hangers may be defined with connecting nodes. By default CAESAR II ignores the position of the restraint node and the connecting node. They may be at the same point or they may be hundreds of feet apart. This directive allows the user to insist that each restraint, nozzle, or hanger exists at the same point in space as its connecting node. In many cases, enabling this option will cause “plot-wise” disconnected parts of the system to be re-connected and to appear “as expected” in both input and output plots.
Auto Node Number Increment This directive sets the value for the Automatic Node Numbering routine. Any non-zero, positive value in this data cell is used to automatically assume the “TO NODE” value on the piping input spreadsheets. The new (TO) node number is determined as: “To Node” = “From Node” + Auto Node Number Increment. If this value is set to 0.0, automatic node numbering is disabled.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
19
Z-Axis Vertical By default CAESAR II assumes the Y axis is vertical with the X and Z axes in the horizontal plane. If desired, the Z axis can be made vertical by checking this box. In this case, the X and Y axes will be in the horizontal plane.
Minimum Allowed Bend Angle Very small angles, short radius bends can cause numerical problems during solution. When the user has a reasonable radius and a small angle there are usually no problems. However, if the small angle bend is grossly small compared to the surrounding elements then the bend should probably not be used and a different modeling approach employed. Enabling this directive allows the user to reset the minimum angle CAESAR II will accept for a bend angle. The default is 5.0 degrees.
Maximum Allowed Bend Angle Very large angles, short radius bends can cause numerical problems during solution. When the user has a reasonable radius and a large angle there are usually no problems. However, if the large angle bend plots compared reasonably well to the surrounding elements then the bend can probably be used without difficulty. Well-proportioned bends up to 135 degrees have been tested without a problem. Enabling this directive allows the user to reset the maximum angle CAESAR II will accept for a bend. The default is 95 degrees.
Bend Length Attachment Percent Whenever the element leaving the tangent intersection of a bend is within (n)% of the bend radius on either side of the weldline, CAESAR II inserts an element from the bend weldline to the “TO” node of the element leaving the bend. The inserted element has a length equal to exactly (n)% of the bend radius. The user may adjust this percentage to reduce the error due to the inserted element, however, the length tolerance for elements leaving the bend will also be reduced. To obtain more accurate results the user must include less “slop” in the system dimensions around bends. The default attachment is 1.0 percent.
Minimum Angle to Adjacent Bend Nodes on a bend curvature that are too close together can cause numerical problems during solution. Where the radius of the bend is large, such as in a cross country pipeline, it is not uncommon to find nodes on a bend curvature closer than 5 degrees. In these situations the user may enable this directive to change the CAESAR II error checking tolerance for the “closeness” of points on the bend curvature. The default is 5.0 degrees.
Loop Closure Tolerance The loop closure tolerance used by CAESAR II for error checking can be set interactively by the user for each job analyzed, or the user can enter the desired loop closure tolerance via this directive and override without distraction the program default value of 1.0 in. See the following section for a discussion of the CAESAR II units file.
20
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Horizontal Thermal Bowing Tolerance This directive enables the user to specify the maximum slope of a straight pipe element for which thermal bowing effects will be considered. Thermal bowing is usually associated with fluid carrying horizontal pipes in which the fluid does not fill the cross section. In these cases, there is a temperature differential across the cross section. This directive allows the user to define the interpretation of “horizontal.” By default, the program uses a value of 0.0001 as the horizontal threshold value. If a pipe element’s pitch is less than this tolerance, the element is considered to be horizontal, and thermal bowing loads can be applied to it. An element’s pitch is computed from: PITCH = | DY | / ( DX2 + DY2 + DZ2 )1/2
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
21
Plot Colors
Plot Colors Configuration Settings
OPENGL Switch By default the 3D Hoops graphics engine uses the OPENGL drivers. On some machines with older graphics cards, or older graphics drivers, OPENGL does not perform well. Unchecking this checkbox instructs the CAESAR II graphics engine to use the alternate Microsoft drivers, instead of the OPENGL drivers.
Pipes Enter the color for the center-line and volume plots of pipe elements. Excludes valves, other rigids and expansion joints.
Nodes Enter the color for the node numbers.
Rigids/Bends Enter the color for the rigid elements and for bend highlighting in the input plot.
22
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Hangers/Nozzles Enter the color for the hanger and nozzle symbols that are displayed on the input plot.
Structure Enter the color that the structural elements should be plotted in. The color selected should contrast with the color entered for the Pipes.
Background Enter the color for the plot background. The user should be careful setting this parameter because all other colors need to coordinate with the background color selected.
Axes Enter the color of the plot axes that appear in the bottom left corner of the screen.
Labels Enter the color for the geometry labels exclusive of the node numbers. Examples are, Diameter, Thickness, Length, Plot Labeling.
Highlights Enter the color for the input level plot highlight. The color selected should contrast with the color entered for the Pipes.
Displaced Shape Enter the color for the displaced shape overlay. The color selected should contrast with the color entered for the Pipes.
Stress Level 1 Enter the stress value that defines the lower limit cutoff.
Stress Level 2 Enter the stress value that defines the second lowest stress color-plot limit.
Stress Level 3 Enter the stress value that defines the third lowest stress color-plot limit.
Stress Level 4 Enter the stress value that defines the fourth lowest stress color-plot limit.
Stress Level 5 Enter the stress value that defines the upper limit cutoff.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
23
Stress < Level 1 Enter the color for that portion of the pipe that has a stress lower than Stress Level 1.
Stress > Level 1 Enter the color for that portion of the pipe that has a stress greater than Stress Level 1 and less than Stress Level 2.
Stress > Level 2 Enter the color for that portion of the pipe that has a stress greater than Stress Level 2 and less than Stress Level 3.
Stress > Level 3 Enter the color for that portion of the pipe that has a stress greater than Stress Level 3 and less than Stress Level 4.
Stress > Level 4 Enter the color for that portion of the pipe that has a stress greater that Stress Level 4 and less than Stress Level 5.
Stress > Level 5 Enter the color for the portion of the pipe element that has a stress greater than Stress Level 5. The color of an element from one end to the other varies as the stress varies.
24
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
FRP Pipe Properties
FRP Properties Configuration Settings
Use FRP SIF By default, when FRP pipe is selected (Material #20), CAESAR II sets the fitting SIF to 2.3. Some users have requested that the standard “code” SIF be used, others have requested the ability to specify this value manually. By disabling this directive, the standard “code” SIF equations will be applied to all FRP fittings. This also allows manual specification of these values by the user. If the BS 7159 or UKOOA Codes are in effect, code SIFs will always be used, regardless of the setting of this directive.
Use FRP Flexibilities By default, when FRP pipe is selected (Material #20), CAESAR II sets the fitting flexibility factor to 1.0. Some users have requested that the standard “code” flexibility factor be used. By disabling this directive, the standard “code” flexibility factor equations will be applied to all FRP fittings. If the BS 7159 or UKOOA Codes are in effect, code flexibility factors will always be used, regardless of the setting of this directive.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
25
FRP Property Data File Standard FRP material properties may be read in from files. The user may select the available files. Once selected, the program will give the user the option of reading in from that file. Users may create FRP material files as text files with the .frp extension; these files should be stored in the CAESAR\SYSTEM sub-directory. The format of the files must adhere to the following format:
Sample FRP Data File
Note: The data lines must follow exactly the order shown above. The four data lines defining the UKOOA envelope are intended for future use and may be omitted.
BS 7159 Pressure Stiffening The BS 7159 code explicitly requires that the effect of pressure stiffening on the bend SIFs be calculated using the Design Strain (this is based upon the assumption that the FRP piping is fully pressurized to its design limit). This is CAESAR II’s default method. When the piping is pressurized to a value much lower than its design pressure, it may be more accurate to calculate pressure stiffening based on the Actual Pressure stress, rather than its design strain. Note that this alternative method is a deviation from the explicit instructions of the BS 7159 code.
FRP Laminate Type The default Laminate Type (as defined in the BS 7159 code) of the fiberglass reinforced plastic pipe used should be entered. Valid laminatetypes are Chopped strand mat (CSM) and woven roving (WR) construction with internal and external surface tissue reinforced layer. Chopped strand mat (CSM) and multi-filament roving construction with internal and external surface tissue reinforced layer. All chopped strand mat (CSM) construction with internal and external surface tissue reinforced layer. This entry is used in order to calculate the flexibility and stress intensity factors of bends; therefore this default entry may be overridden using the Type field on the bend auxiliary spreadsheets.
26
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Exclude f2 from UKOOA Bending Stress Some sources, such as Shell's DEP 31.40.10.19-Gen. (December 1998) and ISO/DIS 14692 suggest that, when using the UKOOA code, the axial bending stress should not be multiplied by the Part Factor f2 (the System Factor of Safety) prior to combination with the longitudinal pressure stress. Users wishing to modify the UKOOA requirements in this way should enable this check box. Users wishing to use UKOOA exactly as written should disable this check box.
FRP Pipe Density
Weight of the pipe material on a per unit volume basis. This field is used to set the default weight density of FRP materials in the piping input module.
FRP Alpha (e-06) In this field, the thermal expansion coefficient for the fiberglass reinforced plastic pipe used (multiplied by 1,000,000) should be entered. For example, if the value is: 8.5E-6 in/in/deg, then the user would enter 8.5 in this field. The exponent (E-6) is implied. If a single expansion coefficient is too limiting for the user’s application, the actual thermal expansion may always be calculated at temperature in inches per inch (or mm per mm) and entered directly into the Temperature field on the Pipe spreadsheet.
FRP Modulus of Elasticity Axial elastic modulus of Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic pipe. This is the default value used to set the data in the input processor. The user may override this value in the input when necessary.
Ratio Shear Mod:Emod In this field, the ratio of the shear modulus to the modulus of elasticity (in the axial direction) of the fiberglass reinforced plastic pipe used should be entered. For example, if the material modulus of elasticity (axial) is 3.2E6 psi, and the shear modulus is 8.0E5 psi, the ratio of these two, 0.25, should be entered here.
Axial Strain:Hoop Stress (Ea/Eh*Vh/a) The product of the ratio of the axial to the hoop elastic modulus and Poisson's ratio which relates the strain in the axial direction to a stress in the hoop direction. Ea - Elastic modulus in the axial direction. Eh - Elastic modulus in the hoop direction. Vh/a - Poissons ratio relating the strain in the axial direction due to a stress in the hoop direction.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
27
Database Definitions
Database Definitions Configuration Settings
Structural Database This directive specifies which database file is to be used to acquire the structural steel shape labels and cross section properties from. The structural databases provided include AISC 1977, AISC 1989, German 1991, South African 1991, Korean 1990, Australian 1990, and United Kingdom.
Piping Size Specification (ANSI/JIS/DIN/BS) By default, CAESAR II uses the ANSI pipe size and schedule tables in the input processor. Users may optionally select the standard tables of another piping specification using this directive. The available tables are American National Standard (ANSI) Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) German Standard (DIN)
Valves and Flanges This directive enables the user to specify which Valve/Flange database should be referenced by CAESAR II during subsequent input sessions. The databases provided include the following: a generic database, the Crane database, a database (generic) without attached flanges, and the CADWorx/Pipe database.
28
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Expansion Joints This directive enables the user to specify which Expansion Joint database should be referenced by CAESAR II during subsequent input sessions. The databases provided include Pathway, Senior Flexonics, IWK, and Piping Technology.
Units File Name This directive allows the user to scroll through the available units files and select one to activate. Since the CAESAR.CFG file is written to the local data directory, different data directories can be configured to reference different units files. Units files are searched for first in the local data directory, and then in the “active SYSTEM” directory. The active units file is used for new job creation and all output generation.
Load Case Template This directive allows the user to scroll through the available load case templates and select the one to be active. Since the CAESAR.CFG file is written to the local data directory, different data directories can be configured to reference different template files. Template files are searched for first in the local data directory, and then in the "active SYSTEM" directory. The active template file is used to "recommend" load cases.
System Directory Name This directive enables a user to select which “SYSTEM” directory is used by CAESAR II. All of the various system directories contain formatting files, units files, text files, and other “user configurable” data files. Some of these formatting files are language specific or Code specific. Therefore, users may want to switch between system directories depending on the current job. The directive allows the user to scroll through the available system directories and select one to be ACTIVE. Since the CAESAR.CFG file is written to the local data directory, different data directories can be configured to reference different system directories. All system directory names must be of the form: SYSTEM.??? where the .??? is a three character suffix identifying the directory. Users can create system directories as needed, following this required naming convention. The CAESAR II distribution diskettes contain language files for English, French, German, and Spanish. These formatting files can be installed in separate system directories, with an appropriate suffix, to allow switching between languages. Note that there must be a primary system directory, named system, for the program to place accounting, version, and diagnostic files that it creates during execution. The secondary system directories are only referenced for llanguage and formatting files.
Default Spring Hanger Table This directive is used to set the value of the default spring hanger table, referenced during the spring hanger design stage of the solution. CAESAR II includes tables from more than 20 different vendors.
Enable Data Export to ODBC-Compliant Databases This directive turns on the capability to create ODBC-compliant databases for static output.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
29
Append Reruns to Existing Data The default of NO (unchecked) causes a rerun to overwrite data from previous runs in the ODBC database. Turning this directive on (checked) causes a rerun to add new data to the database, thus storing multiple runs of the same job in the database.
ODBC Compliant Database Name This field contains the name of the ODBC project database. All jobs run in this data directory will write their output to the database specified here.
30
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous Configuration Settings
Output Table of Contents This directive allows the user to control the generation of a Table of Contents, normally produced after a static or a dynamic output session. By default this directive is turned on, which causes the output processors to generate a Table of Contents upon exit. Turning this directive off disables the generation of the Table of Contents.
Output Reports by Load Case By default, CAESAR II generates output reports sorted by load case. As an option, this directive may be turned off, which will cause the output reports to be sorted by type. For reports by type, all displacement reports will be generated, then all restraint reports, then all force reports, etc.
Displacement Reports Sorted by Nodes By default CAESAR II sorts the nodes in ascending order during the force/stress computations. This produces a displacement output report in which the nodes are ordered in increasing magnitude. This directive can be turned off to disable this nodal sort. The resulting displacement reports will be produced in the order the nodes were entered during model building.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
31
Time History Animation This directive allows the user to disable the creation of the file used to animate the “time history” displacement of the piping system. By default this directive is turned on, which instructs CAESAR II to generate a file of displacements, .XYT, for every time step. This file is used in subsequent interactive animation sessions by the user. Note, however, that the size of this file is dependent on the size of the model and the number of time steps analyzed. It may therefore be advantageous from a “disk usage” point of view not to create this file. To instruct CAESAR II not to create this file, turn this setting off.
Dynamic Example Input Text This directive allows the user to control how much example text is placed in “new” dynamic input files. By default, CAESAR II places example text and spectrum definitions in the input stream of “new” dynamic input files. Once a user is familiar with the input, this example text may be undesirable. This directive allows the user to vary how much of this example text is incorporated in the input. MAX - This setting is the default and instructs CAESAR II to place all of the examples and spectrum definitions in the input stream of “new” dynamic input files. NONE -This directive eliminates all of the example text and all of the built in spectrum definitions. This setting is intended for experienced users. SPEC -This setting eliminates all of the example text, but leaves the predefined spectrum definition. This means that the built in spectrum definitions (El Centro etc.) will still be defined, and available for use.
Memory Allocated This setting modifies the Windows registry to increase the amount of RAM available to CAESAR II. Setting this directive to a number greater than the available RAM will cause Windows to use Virtual Memory (Hard Disk Space to be used as RAM) to be used. This may slow the program, however, and is normally recommended only for very large piping models.
User ID When more than one workstation attempts to the CAESAR II data in the same directory at the same time it causes a corruption of the control file in the data directory, which may cause abnormal program execution. Therefore, in situations where there may be more than one concurrent user running CAESAR II in a given data directory each user (or more exactly, each workstation) should enter a three-character User ID in this field. This creates a separate control file for each User ID to allow simultaneous access of the CAESAR II data within the same directory. Note: user.
This User ID is not a password and is specific to the computer requiring access and not to the
Disable "File Open" Graphic Thumbnail This directive disables the graphic thumbnail plot in the File Open dialog boxes. The graphics thumbnail plots a small image of the model as a single line drawing. On some slower, memory limited processors, or when scanning very large models, this thumbnail graphic may take a few seconds to plot the model. To prevent this delay check this box to turn off the graphics.
32
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Disable Undo/Redo Ability It may be desirable on some installations to disable the UNDO/REDO feature of the input module. With UNDO/REDO enabled, CAESAR II can process a job approximately one-half the size of that which can be processed when UNDO/REDO is disabled (for similar memory settings). Likewise, with UNDO/REDO enabled, the input module speed may be reduced.
Enable Autosave When this option is checked, CAESAR II will automatically save the piping input at specified intervals.
Autosave Time Interval This value (in minutes) is the time interval used to perform the auto-save function. Autosave will be initiated every "X" minutes, where the value of "X" is specified in this edit box.
Prompted Autosave When this option is checked, CAESAR II will prompt the user, at the specified time interval, to save the input. If this option is not checked, the input will be saved automatically at the specified time intervals (assuming autosave is enabled).
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
33
Set/Change Password The Password button provides the user with the option of providing a password protection scheme for the configuration file. By setting a password on the primary configuration file (done by setting the default data directory to the CAESAR II program directory), a corporate standard can be enforced throughout the network. Subsequent use of the configuration module in other data directories will allow modification only of display or other environment directives (i.e., those that do not affect calculated results). When this button is clicked, a secondary window is displayed with four possible selections: New Password Access Protected Data Change Password Remove Password
Access Protected Data This option is accessible once a password exists. Assuming the correct password is given for access, the user is then allowed to modify “protected” directives. The use of this option is not necessary if there is no previously specified password. If no password has been set, all directives can be modified by the user.
New Password Once a password has been entered, the user has the ability to change configuration settings from the program directory, or alter or remove the password. When entering a new password the user is prompted for the new password a second time to ensure the password was typed as expected by the user the first time.
Change Password The current password may be changed at any time by a user who has authorization (he/she must enter the correct existing password for access to this directive). Once a password has been set, all computation controls, stress directives, and any other directives which could affect the CAESAR II computations are disabled and cannot be changed by the user. All protected directive labels, edit boxes, and default buttons are grayed out when disabled.
Remove Password The current password may be removed at any time by a user with authorization to do so (he/she must enter the correct existing password for access to this directive). Once a password has been removed, all directives in CONFIGURE/SETUP are modifiable by the user from any directory where he/she has read/write access rights.
34
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Units File Operations The active units file as specified in the configuration file is used in conjunction with all new input files and all existing output files in the given data directory. The units file specified in the configuration file will not modify the units in an existing CAESAR II input file Convert Input to New Units.
Make Units File
The user may create a custom units file or review an existing units file by choosing TOOLS /MAKE UNITS FILE from the CAESAR II Main Menu. An explanation of each input field and button under this option follows.
Review Existing Units File
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
35
Make Units File Dialog
Clicking the Review Existing Units File button highlights a list box to the right that contains all existing units files located in both the data directory and the program directory. Choose the units file to review from the list, then click the View/Edit File button to proceed. A window will display (see below) containing all CAESAR II dimensional items, their internal units, the conversion factor between the internal units and the user-specified units, and the user’s units.
Review Existing Units Dialog
Create a New Units File
36
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Units Maintenance
Clicking the Create a New Units File button creates a new units file and activates the next two items described below. When all items are completed choose the View/Edit File button to proceed. A window will appear in which the entries for the user's units and the conversion factor can be edited. If the userdefined units for a given item exists in the list then there is no need to choose a conversion factor as it will be updated automatically. If a new set of units is desired (miles in the length category for instance) then the user may type in (or select from the drop down list) the new unit name (mi.) and the new conversion factor (.00001578 in this example).
Create New Units Dialog
Existing File to Start From In CAESAR II a new units file is created by using an existing units file as a template. Choose an existing units file from the list. It is simplest to choose a file that has many units in common with the file to be created.
New Units File Name A unique file name must be entered here without the extension.
View/Edit File Click this button to proceed once all activated lists on the Create New Units dialog have been completed.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
37
Convert Input to New Units
The user may convert an existing input file to a new set of units by choosing TOOLS / CONVERT INPUT TO NEW UNITS from the CAESAR II Main Menu. A window will be created that contains the following three input fields:
Units File Conversion Dialog
Name of the Input File to Convert Type the full path name followed by the input file name (including the ._a extension) to be converted. The Browse button to the right of this text box may be used to choose the appropriate input file.
Name of the Units File to Use Select the name of the appropriate units file from the list provided.
Name of the Converted File Type the full path name followed by the input file name that corresponds to the new input file. Caution: Clicking the Browse button here and picking an existing ._a file the converted file will overwrite the existing ._a file chosen from the list.
38
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Material Database
CAESAR II provides a material database (accessed with TOOL/MATERIAL DATABASE from the MAIN MENU listing physical properties and code-dependent allowable stresses of more than 300 materials. These materials can be edited and additional materials can be added to the database by the user. Note: It is incumbent upon the user to check material allowables and other physical property data for the particular code being used. While COADE attempts to keep the material database up-to-date the codes are subject to change frequently and the accuracy of the database is not guaranteed. Below is an explanation of the input fields for the Material Database.
Material - Add To add a new material spreadsheet to the database. This command saves any data currently shown on the spreadsheet and clears the spreadsheet for a new entry. At least a material number and code must be given for the data to be saved.
Material - Delete This operation deletes the entire material spreadsheet from the database. The user may choose the spreadsheet to delete from the list which contains only user-defined database spreadsheets. The user cannot delete the material database spreadsheets supplied with the CAESAR II program.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
39
Material - Edit To edit an existing material spreadsheet in the database. A window will appear from which the user must either type the name of the material or pick the material from the list. The piping code ID on the right side corresponds to the piping code ID on the piping input spreadsheet when allowables are chosen.
Material Database Editor Displaying Data for A106-B
Number Enter a number by which the material is to be referenced. The number must be between 101 and 699 inclusive and should not already be a reference for another material.
Name Enter the material name as listed in the applicable code.
40
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Applicable Piping Code Enter the CAESAR II piping code number for the material. A list of the piping code numbers for the various codes are listed below. ALL
B31.5
NAVY 505
Stoomwezen
FDBR
B31.1
B31.8
CAN Z662
RCC-M C
BS 7159
B31.1 1967
B31.11
BS 806
RCC-M D
UKOOA
B31.3
ASME NC
Swedish 1
CODETI
IGE/TD/12
B31.4
ASME ND
Swedish 2
Norwegian TBK-6
DNV
Eff, Cf, z This factor is necessary for various piping codes as defined below: STOOMWEZEN - The cyclic reduction factor, referred to in the code as Cf. NORWEGIAN - This is the circumferential weld strength factor, “z”. If not entered, it defaults to 1.0. BS 7159 - This field is the ratio of the design stress sd, in the circumferential (hoop) direction to the design stress in the longitudinal direction. Since design stress is defined in Sec. 4.3 of the code as: dÆ
=
d
* ElamÆ, sd x = d * Elamx
and design strain should be the same for both directions, this entry will also be the ratio of the moduli of elasticity ElamÆ (hoop) to Elamx (longitudinal). If left blank, a value of 1.0 will be used.
Density Enter the density of the material.
Minimum Temperature Curve (A-D) As defined by B31.3 (Section 323.2.2), some carbon steels are limited to a “minimum metal” temperature as shown in Figure 323.2.2. This cell is used to specify which curve should be used to check this material. If this code section is applicable, specify either A, B, C, or D. If this code section is not applicable, leave this cell blank. Note that this information is not currently used by CAESAR II.
FAC A factor necessary for various piping codes as defined below: Stoomwezen—This value should be either 0.44 or 0.5 and is used in computing the equilibrium stresses as discussed in Section 5.2 of the code. The value of 0.5 can be used for steel if the design and fabrication are such that stress peaks are avoided. Norwegian (units: 106) Material ultimate tensile strength at room temperature “Rm”. If not entered, this factor is not considered to control the expansion stress allowable.
Chapter 2 Configuration and Environment
41
Poisson's Ratio For Metals only. Enter the value to be used for Poisson’s Ratio for this material.
Temperature In this field enter the temperatures corresponding to the database values you will add to the right. In the database supplied with CAESAR II all temperatures are in 100°F increments. Note that some of the codes list physical property values in 50°F increments, therefore small discrepancies may occur between CAESAR II and a given code because of the interpolation of data.
Exp. Coeff. Enter the expansion coefficient at the corresponding temperature. This coefficient must be multiplied by 106 F prior to being input here. (ex. An expansion coefficient of 1.2 x 10-5 in/in/F would be input as 12).
Allowable Stress Input the code allowable stress corresponding to the temperature to the left.
Elastic Modulus This is the Modulus of Elasticity corresponding to the temperature to the left.
Yield Stress This is the Yield Stress corresponding to the temperature to the left.
Ult Tensile Stress BS 806—Mean Stress to Failure for design life at temperature Swedish Method 1—Creep Rupture Stress at temperature. Stoomwezen—Rrg average creep stress to produce 1% permanent set after 100,000 hours at temperature (vm). IGE/TD/12 - Ultimate Tensile Strength Norwegian - (UNITS: lb./sq.in.) Material ultimate tensile strength at room temperature "Rm". If not entered, this factor is not considered to control the expansion stress allowable.
1
CHAPTER 3
Piping Screen Reference This chapter illustrates how to enter job parameters through the program's menus, fields, and commands.
In This Chapter Piping Spreadsheet Data..............................................................2 Auxiliary Fields - Component Information .................................14 Auxiliary Fields - Boundary Conditions......................................31 Nozzles........................................................................................48 Auxiliary Fields - Imposed Loads ...............................................58 Auxiliary Fields - Piping Code Data ...........................................62 Available Commands ..................................................................79
2
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Piping Spreadsheet Data
Help Screens and Units The question mark key or the function key if pressed while in any of the input data cells, will produce interactive help text for that particular input item. Additionally, while resting the cursor on a field, a tool tip indicating the current units will appear.
From The FROM NODE number defines the starting end of the element. Node numbers must be numeric, ranging from 1 to 32000. Normally, the FROM NODE number is “duplicated forward” by CAESAR II from the preceding element. The node numbers may be changed by the user, who should take care not to use the same node number more than once in the model.
To The TO NODE number defines the end of the current element. Node numbers must be numeric, ranging from 1 to 32,000. The node numbers may be changed by the user, who should take care not to use the same node number more than once in the model.
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
3
Name The Name check box is used to assign non-numeric names to node points. Double-clicking this check box activates an auxiliary spreadsheet where names, of up to 10 characters, can be assigned to the From and/or To nodes. These names will show up in place of the node numbers in graphic plots and reports (possibly truncated in 80 column reports).
DX Delta X (DX) defines the element's projected length along the global X direction. CAESAR II accepts [compound length]—[length]—[fraction] formats (such as feet - inch - fraction or meter - decimal - centimeters) as valid input values in most cells. Simple forms of addition, multiplication, and division may be used as well as exponential format. Enter the DISTANCE between the "TO" and the "FROM" node along the direction specified.
DY Delta Y (DY) defines the element's projected length along the global Y direction. CAESAR II accepts [compound length]—[length]—[fraction] formats (such as feet - inch - fraction or meter - decimal - centimeters) as valid input values in most cells. Simple forms of addition, multiplication, and division may be used as well as exponential format. Enter the DISTANCE between the "TO" and the "FROM" node along the direction specified.
4
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
DZ Delta Z (DZ) defines the element's projected length along the global Z direction. CAESAR II accepts [compound length]—[length]—[fraction] formats (such as feet - inch - fraction or meter - decimal - centimeters) as valid input values in most cells. Simple forms of addition, multiplication, and division may be used as well as exponential format. Enter the DISTANCE between the TO and the FROM node along the direction specified.
Examples for DX, DY, DZ Fields
Element Cosines Element Length Enter the distance between the TO and the FROM node. Element Direction Cosines Direction vector or direction cosines which define the center-line of the element. For an element aligned with the "X" axis, Cos X ..... 1.0 Cos Y ..... Cos Z .....
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
5
For an element aligned with the "Y" axis, Cos X ..... Cos Y ..... 1.0 Cos Z ..... For an element aligned with the "Z" axis, Cos X ..... Cos Y ..... Cos Z ..... 1.0
Element Offsets Element Offsets are used to correct an element's modeled dimensions back to its actual dimensions. 1
Activate by double-clicking the Offsets check box on the Pipe Element Spreadsheet. Deactivate by double-clicking a second time.
2
Specify the distances from the TO node's position in 3-D space to the actual TO end of the element.
3
Specify the distances from the FROM node’s position in 3-D space to the actual FROM end of the element.
Note:
Any offset direction distances left blank default to zero.
Thermal expansion is “0” for the offset portion of an offset element. No element flexibility is generated for the offset portion of the element. A common usage for the offset element is shown in the following figure:
6
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Pipe Section Data Diameter The Diameter field is used to specify the pipe diameter. Normally, the nominal diameter is entered, and CAESAR II converts it to the actual outer diameter necessary for the analysis. There are two ways to prevent this conversion: use a modified UNITS file with the Nominal Pipe Schedules turned off, or enter diameters whose values are off slightly from a nominal size (in English units the tolerance on diameter is 0.04 in.). Use to obtain additional information and the current units for this input field. Available nominal diameters are determined by the active pipe size specification, set via the configuration program. The following are the available nominal diameters. ANSI Nominal Pipe ODs, in inches (file ap.bin) ½
¾ 10 34
1 12 14 36
1½ 16 42
2 18
2½ 20
3 22
3½ 24
4 26
5 28
6 30
8 32
65 450
80 500
90 550
100 600
125 650
150
65 700
80 800
100 900
125 1000
150 1200
200 1400
JIS Nominal Pipe ODs, in millimeters (file jp.bin) 15
20 200
25 250
32 300
40 350
50 400
DIN Nominal Pipe ODs, in millimeters (file dp.bin) 15
20 25 250 300 350 1600 1800
32 400 2000
40 500 2200
50 600
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
7
Wt/Sch The Wall Thickness/Schedule field is used to specify the thickness of the pipe. Normal input consists of a schedule indicator (such as S, XS, or 40), which will be converted to the proper wall thickness by CAESAR II. If actual thickness is entered, CAESAR II will accept it as entered. Available schedule indicators are determined by the active piping specification, set via the configuration program. The available schedules are listed below. ANSI B36.10 Steel Nominal Wall Thickness Designation: S - Standard XS - Extra Strong XXS - Double Extra Strong
ANSI B36.10 Steel Pipe Numbers: 10
20
30
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
80
100
120
140
160
ANSI B36.19 Stainless Steel Schedules: 5S
10S
40S
80S
JIS PIPE SCHEDULES 1990 Steel Schedules: 10
20
30
40
60
1990 Stainless Steel Schedules: 5S
10S
40S
DIN PIPE SCHEDULES none Note:
Only the s (standard) schedule applies to wall thickness calculations for DIN.
8
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual +Mill Tol % The Positive Mill Tolerance is is only enabled when IGE/TD/12 is active, and is used when the Base Stress/Flexibility On directive of the Special Execution Options is set to Plus Mill Tolerance. In that case, piping stiffness and section modulus is based on the nominal wall thickness, increased by this percentage. The user may change this value on an element by element basis. -Mill Tol % The Negative Mill Tolerance is read in from the configuration file for use in minimum wall thickness calculations. Also, for IGE/TD/12, this value is used when the Base Stress/Flexibility On directive of the Special Execution Options is set to Plus Mill Tolerance. In that case, piping stiffness and section modulus is based on the nominal wall thickness, decreased by this percentage. The user may change this value on an element by element basis.
Seam-Welded This directive is only activated when the IGE/TD/12 code is active. This is used to indicate when straight pipes are seam welded and affects the Stress Intensification Factor calculations for that pipe section due to Seam Welded fabrication. Corrosion Enter the corrosion allowance to be used order to calculate a reduced section modulus. A “setup file” directive is available to consider all stress cases as corroded. Insul Thk Enter the thickness of the insulation to be applied to the piping. Insulation applied to the outside of the pipe will be included in the dead weight of the system, and in the projected pipe area used for wind load computations. If a negative value is entered for the insulation thickness, the program will model refractory lined pipe. The thickness will be assumed to be the thickness of the refractory, inside the pipe.
Temperatures There are nine temperature fields, to allow up to nine different operating cases. Temperature values are checked (by the error checker) to insure they are within the code allowed ranges. Users can exceed the code ranges by entering the expansion coefficient in the temperature field in units of length/length. The expansion coefficient can be a useful method of modeling cold spring effects. Also when material 21(userdefined material) enter temperature *expansion coefficient as in the example below. Values entered in the temperature field whose absolute values are less than the Alpha Tolerance are taken to be thermal expansion coefficients, where the Alpha Tolerance is a configuration file parameter and is taken to be 0.05 by default. For example; if the user wanted to enter the thermal expansion coefficient equivalent to 11.37in./100ft., the calculation would be: 11.37in./100ft. * 1 ft./ 12in. = .009475 in./in.
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
9
This would be entered into the appropriate Temperature field. Note: A cut short is no more than reducing a pipe element's length to zero (for example; if we wanted 8.5 cm of cold spring we could put in an 8.5 cm long element and then thermally shrink its length to zero). This allows the cold spring to be manipulated as an individual thermal case rather than as a concentrated force. Access to operating conditions 4 through 9 is granted through the Extended Operating Conditions input screen, accessible via the Ellipses Dots button directly to the right of the standard Temperature and Pressure input fields. This dialog box may be kept open or closed for the convenience of the user.
10
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Pressures There are ten pressure fields, to allow up to nine operating, and one hydrotest, pressure cases. When multiple pressures are entered, the user should be particularly careful with the set up of the analysis load cases, and should inspect CAESAR II's recommendations carefully before proceeding. Access to operating pressures 3 through 9 is granted through the Extended Operating Conditions input screen, accessible via the Ellipses Dots button directly to the right of the standard Temperature and Pressure input fields. This dialog box may be retained open or closed at the convenience of the user. Entering a value in the HydroPress field signals CAESAR II to recommend a Hydrotest load case. Enter the design gage pressure (i.e. the difference between the |internal and external pressures). Note: CAESAR II addresses negative pressures as follows: - the absolute value of the longitudinal pressure stress (PD/4t) term will be added to the appropriate code equations - pressure thrust forces applied to expansion joint ends will be compressive. - buckling is not addressed in CAESAR II. Note: The BOURDON (pressure elongation) EFFECT is "OFF" by default. (It is assumed to be nonconservative.) Users wishing to activate the BOURDON EFFECT may do so via the Special Execution Options. The BOURDON EFFECT is ALWAYS considered in the analysis of Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic pipe, Material id=20.
Piping Materials Material Name Materials are entered either by name or number. All available material names and their CAESAR II material numbers are displayed in the drop list. Since this list is quite long, entering a partial material name (such as A106) allows the user to select from matching materials. Numbers 1-17 correspond to the generic materials, without code allowable stresses. Material 18 represents the cold spring element for “cut short” and material 19 represents the cold spring element for “cut long.” Material 20 is used to define Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) pipe. FRP Pipe requires slightly different material modeling and the spreadsheet changes to accommodate the difference. Analysis of fiberglass pipe is described in greater detail in Chapter 6 of the Technical Reference Manual. When a material has been selected from the database, the physical properties as well as the allowable stresses are obtained and placed on the spreadsheet. At any later time, if the temperature or piping code is changed, these allowable stress values are automatically updated. Material Properties Modulus of Elasticity, Poisson's Ratio, and Pipe Density fields are automatically filled in when a material number is entered. If the user wishes to override any material property extracted from the database, simply change the value to be modified after the material number has been entered.
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
11
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP)
The CAESAR II FRP pipe element models an orthotropic material whose properties can be defined by: Ea - Axial Modulus of Elasticity Eh - Hoop Modulus of Elasticity h/a
- Poisson's ratio of the strain in the axial direction resulting from a stress in the hoop direction.
G - Shear Modulus (Not related to the Elastic Modulus and Poisson’s ratio in the conventional manner.) FRP pipe is invoked from the CAESAR II element spreadsheet with a material type 20. The material name will be immediately printed and FRP properties from the configuration file will be input on the spreadsheet. Some of the material parameters are renamed when the FRP material is selected: “Elastic Modulus” changes to “Elastic Modulus/axial” and “Poisson's Ratio” changes to “Ea/Eh*n h/a”. The latter entry requires the value of the expression: (Ea*n h/a) / Eh (which happens to be equal to na/h, Poisson's ratio of the strain in the hoop direction resulting from a stress in the axial direction). The shear modulus G can be defined by entering the ratio of G/Ea (shear modulus to axial modulus) on the special execution parameters screen. Only one ratio can be entered per job. Because the hoop modulus is usually considerably higher than the axial modulus for FRP pipe, the decrease in flexural stiffness at bends and intersections due to changes in the circular cross-section is typically negligible, and so a default flexibility factor of 1 is used for these components. Similarly, since the fatigue tests performed by Markl on steel pipe will likely have no bearing on FRP design, an SIF of 2.3 is applied for all fittings. CAESAR II uses these recommendations for all FRP fittings unless specifically overridden by the user. This can be overridden on a point-by-point basis, or by forcing all calculations to adhere to the requirements of the governing code (through a CAESAR II configuration parameter). Note that if the BS 7159 or UKOOA Codes are in effect, all SIFs and flexibility factors will be calculated as per that code regardless of the configuration parameter settings.
Densities Pipe Density The appropriate pipe density is filled in automatically when a proper material number is input. This value may be overridden by the user at any time. It will then be the user’s value that gets column-duplicated through the remainder of the input.
12
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual Insulation Density Enter the weight density of the insulation on a per unit volume basis. (If the insulation thickness specified above is negative, this field is the weight of the refractory lining, on a per unit volume basis.) If left blank then CALCIUM SILICATE is assumed for insulation having a density of: 6.655E-3. Insure that this "assumed" value is appropriate for the current application. Refractory densities are much higher than insulation densities and could lead to under sized restraints. Sample density values for both insulation and refractory materials are listed below.
MATERIAL
DENSITY (lb/cu.in.)
AMOSITE ASBESTOS
.009259
CALCIUM SILICATE
.006655
CAREYTEMP
.005787
FIBERGLASS (OWEN/CORNING)
.004051
FOAM-GLASS/CELLULAR GLASS
.004630
HIGH TEMP
.01389
KAYLO 10 (TM)
.007234
MINERAL WOOL
.004919
PERLITE / CELO-TEMP 1500
.007523
POLY URETHANE
.001273
STYRO FOAM
.001042
SUPER X
.01447
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
13
Densities for some typical refractory materials are given below:
MATERIAL
DENSITY (lb./cu.in.)
A.P. GREEN GREENCAST 94
.09433
A.P. GREEN KRUZITE CASTABLE
.08681
A.P. GREEN MC-30
.08391
A.P. GREEN MC-22
.07234
A.P. GREEN KAST-SET
.06655
A.P. GREEN KAST-O-LITE 25
.05208
A.P. GREEN VSL-35AST 94
.02257
B&W
KAOCRETE B
.05787
B&W
KAOCRETE 32-C
.08333
B&W
KAO-TAB 95
.09549
B&W
KAOLITE 2200
.03241
B&W
KAOLITE 2200-HS
.04745
B&W
KAOLITE 2500-LI.
.03472
Fluid Density When the internal fluid the piping system transports would significantly effect the weight loads, the fluid density should be specified. When the specific gravity of the fluid is known, it can be entered here instead of the density, e.g. .85SG. Specific gravities are converted to the appropriate densities immediately on input. Note that to enter specific gravity, follow the numeric value with the letters SG (no spaces); this value will then be converted to density. Note:
In the default ENGLISH units system, densities are entered in pounds per cubic inch.
14
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Auxiliary Fields - Component Information Bends Activate by double-clicking the Bend check box on the pipe element spreadsheet. Deactivate by doubleclicking a second time.
Radius CAESAR II makes the long radius bend calculation whenever a bend is input. If the user wishes to use some other bend radius the new bend radius can be entered in this field.
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
15
Type For most codes, this refers to the number of attached flanges, and can be selected from the drop list. If there are no flanges on the bend then leave the Type field blank. A bend should be considered “flanged” if there is any heavy/rigid body within 2 diameters of the bend that will significantly restrict the bends ability to ovalize. When using the BS 7159 or UKOOA Codes with Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) pipe, this entry refers to the material laminate type, and may be 1, 2, or 3. These laminate types are All chopped strand mat (CSM) constructing with internal and external surface tissue reinforced layer. Chopped strand mat (CSM) and woven roving (WR) construction with internal and external surface tissue reinforced layer. Chopped strand mat (CSM) and multi-filament roving construction with internal and external surface tissue reinforced layer. The Laminate type affects the calculation of flexibility factors and stress intensification factors for the BS 7159 and UKOOA Codes only.
Angle The angle to a point on the bend curvature. The user may place additional nodes at any point on the bend curvature provided the added nodes are not within 5 degrees of each other. (The 5 degree node-spacing limit may be changed via the configuration file if necessary.) Note that the element TO node is always physically located at the far end of the bend. By default CAESAR II places a node at the midpoint of the bend (Designated by the letter M in this field), as well as at the 0-degree position (start) of the bend if possible.
Node Node number to be associated with the extra point on the bend. CAESAR II places unique node numbers in these fields whenever a bend is initiated. New, unique node numbers must be assigned to the points whenever the user adds points on the bend curvature. If numbering by 5’s and the TO node number for the bend element is 35, a logical choice for the node number for an added node at 30 degrees on the bend would be 34. The added nodes on the bend can be treated like any other nodes in the piping system. Nodes on the bend curvature may be restrained, displaced, or placed at the intersection of more than two pipes. Nodes on a bend curvature are most commonly used as an intersection for a dummy leg, or for the location of a restraint. All nodes defined in this manner will be plotted at the tangent intersection point for the bend.
16
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Miter Points Number of cuts in the bend if mitered. The bend SIF scratch pad may be invoked from the pipe spreadsheet by choosing Kaux - Review SIFs at Bend Nodes. When the user enters a valid mitered bend node number, CAESAR II tells the user if the mitered bend input is closely or widely spaced. If the bend is determined to be widely spaced and the number of miter cuts is greater than 1, then it is recommended that the bend be broken down into “n” single cut widely spaced miters, where “n” is the total number of cuts in the bend. The number of cuts and the radius of the bend are all that is required to calculate the SIFs and flexibilities for the bend as defined in the B31 codes. The bend radius and the bend miter spacing are related by the following equations: Closely Spaced Miters R=
S / (2 tan )
q=
Bend Angle / (2 n) where n = number of miter cuts
Widely Spaced Miters R=
r2 (1.0 + cot q) / 2.0
r2 =
(ri + ro) / 2.0
=
Bend Angle / 2.0
Fitting Thickness Enter the thickness of the bend if different than the thickness of the matching pipe. If the entered thickness is greater than the matching pipe wall thickness, then the inside diameter of the bend will be smaller than the inside diameter of the matching pipe. Section modulus calculations for stress computations are made based on the properties of the matching pipe as defined by the codes. The pipe thickness is used twice when calculating SIFs and flexibility factors -- once as Tn, and once when determining the mean cross-sectional radius of the pipe in the equation for the flexibility characteristic (h): h = (Tn)(R) / (r2) Tn = Thickness of bend or fitting R = Bend radius r = Mean cross-sectional radius of matching pipe = (OD - WT) / 2 OD = Outside Diameter of matching pipe WT = Wall Thickness of matching pipe
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
17
Most codes use the actual thickness of the fitting (this entry) for Tn, and the wall thickness of the matching pipe for the calculation of the mean cross-sectional radius of the pipe (the WT value). More specifically, the individual codes use the two wall thicknesses as follows: For Tn:
For Mean Radius
B31.1
Fitting
Fitting
B31.3
Fitting
Matching Pipe
B31.4
Fitting
Matching Pipe
B31.5
Fitting
Matching Pipe
B31.8
Fitting
Matching Pipe
B31.8 Ch VIII
Fitting
Matching Pipe
SECT III NC
Fitting
Matching Pipe
SECT III ND
Fitting
Matching Pipe
Z662
Matching Pipe
Matching Pipe
NAVY 505
Fitting
Fitting
B31.1 (1967)
Fitting
Fitting
SWEDISH
Fitting
Matching Pipe
BS 806
N/A
N/A
STOOMWEZEN
N/A
N/A
RCC-M C/D
Matching pipe
Matching Pipe
CODETI
Fitting
Fitting
NORWEGIAN
Fitting
Fitting
FDBR
Fitting
Fitting
BS 7159
Fitting
Fitting
UKOOA
Fitting
Fitting
IGE/TD/12
Fitting
Fitting
Calculation:
The bend fitting thickness (FTG) is always used as the pipe thickness in the stiffness matrix calculations; however, note that the thickness of the matching pipe (WT) is always used in the bend stress calculations.
18
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
K-Factor Normally the bend flexibility factor is calculated as per the requirements of the active code. The user can override this calculation by entering a value in this field.
Seam-Welded Used by the IGE/TD/12 piping code to calculate the stress intensification factors due to seam welded elbow fabrication as opposed to extruded elbow fabrication. This directive is only available when the IGE/TD/12 piping code is active.
Rigid Elements Activate by double-clicking the Rigid check box on the pipe element spreadsheet. Deactivate by doubleclicking a second time. Enter the rigid element weight. This value should always be zero or positive and should not include the weight of any insulation or fluid.
CAESAR II automatically includes 1.0 times the fluid weight of equivalent straight pipe. CAESAR II automatically includes 1.75 times the insulation weight of equivalent straight pipe. Rigid elements with zero weight are considered to be modelling constructs and do not have fluid or insulation weight added. The rigid element stiffness is proportional to the matching pipe, i.e. a 13 in. long 12 in. diameter rigid element is stiffer than a 13 in. long 2 in. diameter rigid element. This fact should be observed when modelling rigid elements that are part of a small pipe/large vessel, or small pipe/heavy equipment model. The stiffness properties are computed using 10 times the entered thickness of the rigid element. For additional details see Chapter 6 of this manual. The length must be entered in the Delta Length field (DX, DY, DZ). See the discussion of the valve and flange database (see "Valve/Flange Database" on page 81) for the automatic input of these types of components.
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
19
Expansion Joints Activate by double-clicking the Expansion Joint check box on the pipe element spreadsheet. Deactivate by double-clicking a second time.
Zero Length Expansion Joints Used to model hinged and gimballed joints. Leave the DX, DY, and DZ fields blank or zero. Define completely flexible stiffnesses as 1.0, and completely rigid stiffness as 1.0E12. All stiffnesses must be entered.
Finite Length Expansion Joints The DX, DY, and DZ fields should describe the change in dimensions required to get from one end of the flexible bellows connection to the other. The transverse and bending stiffnesses are directly related for finite length joints. The user should input only one of these stiffnesses. CAESAR II will calculate the other stiffness automatically based on flexible length, effective ID, and the other stiffness. It is recommended that the user enter the transverse stiffness and leave the bending stiffness blank.
20
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Bellows Stiffness Properties If the element length is zero then all stiffnesses should be defined by the user. If the element length is not zero then either the bending or the transverse stiffness should be left blank. CAESAR II will automatically calculate the stiffness not entered. (For rubber expansion joints, all stiffnesses may be entered.) If the torsional stiffness value is not specified, CAESAR II will use a default value of . Bending "STIFFNESSES" from EJMA (and from most expansion joint manufacturers) that are to be used in a finite length expansion joint model should be multiplied by (4) before being used in any piping program. Bending "STIFFNESSES" from EJMA (and from most expansion joint manufacturers) that are to be used in a ZERO length expansion joint model should be used without modification. Use (1.0) for bellows stiffnesses that are completely flexible. Use (1.0E12) for rigid bellows stiffnesses. Zero Length expansion joints can be used in many modelling applications to define struts, hinged ends, etc. The orientation of zero length expansion joints is taken from the element that precedes the expansion joint providing the "TO" node of the proceeding element is equal to the "FROM" node on the expansion joint element. If the preceeding element does not go "INTO" the expansion joint, then the orientation will be taken from the element that follows the expansion joint providing it properly "LEAVES" the joint.
Effective ID The effective inside diameter for pressure thrust (from the manufacturer’s catalog). For all load cases including pressure CAESAR II will calculate the pressure “thrust force” tending to blow the bellows apart (provided the pressure is positive). If left blank, or zero, then no axial thrust force due to pressure will be calculated. Many manufacturers give the effective area of the expansion joint: Aeff. The Effective ID is calculated from the effective area by: Effective ID = (4Aeff / )1/2
Reducers
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
21
Activate or deactivate this option by double-clicking the Reducer check box on the piping element spreadsheet. Optionally, enter the TO END Diameter 2, Thickness 2, and Alpha values of the reducer. The FROM END diameter and wall thickness of the reducer element will be taken from the current piping element spreadsheet. CAESAR II will construct a concentric reducer element made of ten pipe cylinders, each of a successively larger (or smaller) diameter and wall thickness over the element length. CAESAR II will calculate SIFs according to the current piping code (see Code Compliance Considerations in the CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual for more information) and apply these internally to the Code Stress Calculations. These SIFs are dependent on the slope of the reducer transition (among other code-specific considerations), labeled Alpha in the figure above. If Alpha is left blank the program will calculate this value based on the change in pipe diameter over 60% of the entered element length. If entered, Diameter 2 and Thickness 2 will be carried forward when the next pipe element is created as Diameter and Wt/Sch. If not specified, Diameter 2 and Thickness 2 will be assumed equal to those values entered as Diameter and Wt/Sch on the following element spreadsheet.
22
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
The Piping Error Checker will report the value of alpha used by CAESAR II (see above picture) if no value for alpha is entered on the input spreadsheet.
Diameter 2 Optionally enter the diameter of the TO END of the reducer element. (The FROM END diameter is obtained from the Diameter field of the piping spreadsheet.) The value entered will carry forward as the diameter of the following element. Nominal values are converted to actual values if that feature is active. If left blank, the program will calculate "Alpha" using the diameter from the following element as Diameter 2.
Thickness 2 Enter the wall thickness of the "TO END of the reducer element. (The FROM END thickness is obtained from the Wall Thickness/Schedule field of the piping spreadsheet.) The entered value will carry forward as the wall thickness of the following element. Nominal values are converted to actual values if that feature is active.
Alpha Alpha is the slope of the reducer transition in degrees. If left blank, the value will be set from an estimated slope equal to the arc tangent X [ 1/2(the change in diameters) (60% of the entered reducer length)].
R1 Enter the transition radius for the large end of the reducer, as shown in Appendix 4, Table 8 of IGE/TD/12 Code (enabled only when IGE/TD/12 is active).
R2 Enter the transition radius for the large end of the reducer, as shown in Appendix 4, Table 8 of IGE/TD/12 (enabled only when IGE/TD/12 is active)..
SIFs & Tees Activate by double-clicking the SIFs and Tees check box on the Pipe Element Spreadsheet. Deactivate by double-clicking a second time.
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
23
There are two basic component types: Three element “intersection” components, and Two element “joint” components. A fully defined intersection model requires that three pipes frame into the intersection node, and that two of them are co-linear. Partial intersection assumptions are made for junctions where the user has coded one or two pipes into the intersection node, but these models are not recommended. Two element “joint” components can be formed equally well with one or two elements framing into the node. As usual, the intersection or joint type and properties need only be entered on one of the elements going to the junction. CAESAR II duplicates the intersection characteristics for all other pipes framing into the intersection. Users are urged to fully review the WARNING messages coming from CAESAR II during error checking. These messages detail to the user any assumptions made during the assembly and calculation of the intersection SIFs. The available intersections and joint types are shown in the table that follows, along with the other parameters that can affect the stress intensification factors for the respective component.
24
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Input Items Optionally Effecting SIF Calculations 1
Reinforced Fabricated Tee
2
Pad Thk
Ftg Ro
CROTCH
Unreinforced Fabricated Tee
Ftg Ro
CROTCH
3
Welding Tee
Ftg Ro
CROTCH
4
Sweepolet
CROTCH
5
Weldolet
CROTCH
6
Extruded Welding Tee
7
Girth Butt Weld
Weld d or ID
8
Socket Weld (No Undercut)
FILLET
9
Socket Weld (As Welded)
FILLET
10
Tapered Transition
Weld d
11
Threaded Joint
12
Double Welded Slip-On
13
Lap Joint Flange (B16.9)
14
Bonney Forge Sweepolet
15
Bonney Forge Latrolet
16
Bonney Forge Insert Weldolet
17
Full Encirclement Tee
Ftg Ro
CROTCH
WELD ID
Ftg Ro
WELD ID
The input data cells are defined as follows: Pad Thk. Thickness of the reinforcing pad for reinforced fabricated or full encirclement tees, intersection type #1 and #17 respectively. The pad thickness is only valid for these intersection types. Note that in most piping codes the beneficial effect of the pad’s thickness is limited to 1.5 times the nominal thickness of the header. This factor does not apply in BS 806 or Z184, and is 2.5 in the Swedish piping code. If the thickness of a type 1or type 17 intersection is left blank or zero the SIFs for an unreinforced fabricated tee are used. Ftg Ro. Fitting outside radius for branch connections. Used for reduced branch connections in the ASME and B31.1 piping codes, Bonney Forge Insert Weldolets, and for WRC 330/329 intersection SIF calculations. Setup file directives exist to invoke the WRC 330/329 calculations, and to limit the application of the reduced branch connection rules to unreinforced fabricated tees, sweepolets, weldolets, and extruded welding tees. If omitted, FTG ro defaults to the outside radius of the branch pipe. Crotch R. The crotch radius of the formed lip on an extruded welding tee, intersection type 6. This is also the intersection weld crotch radius for WRC330 calculations. Specifying this value when it is known can result in a 50% reduction in the stress intensification at the WRC 330 intersection. Basically, if the user makes an attempt to reduce the stress riser at a fabricated intersection, by guaranteeing that there will be a smooth transition radius from the header to the branch pipe, then he may reduce the resulting stress intensification by a factor of 2.0.
Chapter 3 Piping Screen Reference
25
Weld(d). Defines the “average” circumferential weld mismatch measured at the inside diameter of the pipe. Used for Butt Welds and Tapered transitions. Note that this is the average, and not the maximum mismatch. Users must themselves make sure that any maximum mismatch requirements are satisfied for their particular code. Fillet. The fillet leg length, and is used only in conjunction with a socket weld component. For an unequal leg fillet weld, this value is the length of the shorter leg. Note that if a fillet leg is given, both socket weld types result in the same SIF. See appendix D of the B31 piping codes for further clarification. Weld ID. The following are valid entries: 0 and 1. 0 indicates an as welded fitting, 1 indicates a finished or ground flush fitting. This entry is used for Bonney Forge sweepolets and insert weldolets, as well as butt welds in the Swedish piping code. B1. This entry defines the primary stress index to be used for the given node on the current element. This entry is only applicable for ASME Class 2 and 3 piping. For the BS 7159 Code, the B1 field is used to enter the pressure stress multiplier (m), if other than as per the code requirements. For straight pipe, m = 1.0; for bends and tees, m is defined in Figures 7.1 and 7.12 of the BS 7159 Code. B2. This entry defines the primary stress index to be used for the given node on the current element. This entry is only applicable for ASME Class 2 and 3 piping. If omitted, B1 and B2 are defaulted as shown as follows: Straight Pipe:
B1=0.5 B2=1.0
Curved Pipe:
B1=-0.1+0.4h; but not 0.5 B2=1.30/h2/3; but not “Ea/Eh*Vh/a”. These changes are necessary due to the fact that orthotropic models require more material parameters than do isotropic. For example, there is no longer a single modulus of elasticity for the material, but now two — axial and hoop. There is no longer a single Poisson’s ratio, but again two — Vh/a (Poisson’s ratio relating strain in the axial direction due to stress-induced strain in the hoop direction) and Va/h (Poisson’s ratio relating strain in the hoop direction due to stress-induced strain in the axial direction). Also, unlike isotropic materials, the shear modulus does not follow the relationship G = 1 / E (1-V), so that value must be explicitly input as well.
Chapter 6 Technical Discussions
87
Example of Orthotropic Parameters Required in Piping Input
In order to minimize input, a few of these parameters can be combined, due to their use in the program. Generally, the only time that the modulus of elasticity in the hoop direction, or the Poisson’s ratios are used during flexibility analysis is when calculating piping elongation due to pressure (note that the modulus of elasticity in the hoop direction is used when determining certain stress allowables for the BS 7159 code): dx = (
x
/ Ea - Vh/a *
hoop
/ Eh ) L
Where: dx = extension of piping element due to pressure x
= longitudinal pressure stress in the piping element
Ea = modulus of elasticity in the axial direction Vh/a = Poisson’s ratio relating strain in the axial direction due to stress-induced strain in the hoop direction hoop
= hoop pressure stress in the piping element
Eh = modulus of elasticity in the hoop direction L = length of piping element
88
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
This equation can be rearranged, to require only a single new parameter, as dx = ( Note:
x
-
hoop
* (Ea / Eh * Vh/a)) * L / Ea
In theory, that single parameter, (Ea / Eh * Vh/a) is identical to Va/h.
The shear modulus of the material is required in ordered to develop the stiffness matrix; in CAESAR II, this value, expressed as a ratio of the axial modulus of elasticity, is brought in from the pre-selected material, or can be changed on a problem-wise basis using the special execution parameter screen accessed by the Kaux “menu” from the piping spreadsheet (see figure). This screen also shows the coefficient of thermal expansion (extracted from the vendor file or entered by the user) for the material, as well as the default laminate type, as defined by the BS 7159 Code: Type 1 – All chopped strand mat (CSM) construction with an internal and an external surface tissue reinforced layer. Type 2 – Chopped strand mat (CSM) and woven roving (WR) construction with an internal and an external surface tissue reinforced layer. Type 3 – Chopped strand mat (CSM) and multi-filament roving construction with an internal and an external surface tissue reinforced layer. The latter is used during the calculation of flexibility and stress intensification factors for piping bends. Bend and tee information may be entered easily through use of auxiliary spreadsheets. Bend radius and laminate type may be changed on a bend by bend basis, as shown in the corresponding figure. BS 7159 fabricated and moulded tee types are specified by defining CAESAR II tee types 1 and 3 respectively at intersection points. CAESAR II automatically calculates the appropriate flexibility and stress intensification factors for these fittings as per code requirements.
Chapter 6 Technical Discussions
89
Required code data may be entered on the ALLOWABLES auxiliary spreadsheet; with the program providing fields for CODE (both number 27 – BS 7159 and 28 – UKOOA are available). After selection of BS 7159, CAESAR II provides fields for entry of the following code parameters: SH1,2,3 = longitudinal design stress = (d ELAMX Kn1,2,3 = cyclic reduction factor (as per BS 7159 paragraph 4.3.4) Eh/Ea = ratio of hoop modulus of elasticity to axial modulus of elasticity K = temperature differential multiplier (as per BS 7159 paragraph 7.2.1)
90
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
After selection of UKOOA, CAESAR II provides fields for entry of the following code parameters: SH1,2,3 = hoop design stress = f1 * LTHS R1,2,3 = ratio r (
a(0:1)
/
a(2:1)
)
f1 = system factor of safety (defaults to 0.67 if omitted) K = temperature differential multiplier (same as BS 7159) These parameters need only be entered a single time, unless they change at some point in the system.
Chapter 6 Technical Discussions
91
Performing the analysis is even simpler than the system modeling. CAESAR II evaluates the operating parameters and automatically builds the appropriate load cases; in this case three are built: Operating (includes pipe and fluid weight, temperature, equipment displacements, pressure, etc.). This case is used to determine maximum code stress/strain, operational equipment nozzle and restraint loads, hot displacements, etc. Cold (same as above, except excluding temperature and equipment movements). This case is used to determine cold equipment nozzle and restraint loads. Expansion (cyclic stress range between the cold and hot case). This case may be used to evaluate fatigue criteria as per paragraph 4.3.4 of the BS 7159 Code. After analyzing the response of the system under these loads, CAESAR II presents the user with a menu of possible output reports. Reports may be designated by selecting a combination of load case and results type (displacements, restraint loads, element forces and moments, and stresses). From the stress report, the user can determine at a glance whether the system passed or failed the stress criteria. For UKOOA code, the piping is considered to be within allowables when the operating stress falls within the idealized stress envelope (indicated by the straight line in the following figure).
Conclusion A reliable, powerful, yet easy to use, pipe stress analysis program with world wide acceptance is now available for evaluation of FRP piping systems as per the requirements of the most sophisticated FRP piping codes. This means that access to the same analytical methods and tools long enjoyed by engineers using steel pipe is available to any potential user of FRP piping – ensuring that design.
92
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
References 1
Cross, Wilbur, An Authorized History of the ASME Boiler an Pressure Vessel Code, ASME, 1990
2
Olson, J. and Cramer, R., “Pipe Flexibility Analysis Using IBM 705 Computer Program MEC 21, Mare Island Report 277-59,” 1959
3
Fiberglass Pipe Handbook, Composites Institute of the Society of the Plastics Industry, 1989
4
Hashin, Z., “Analysis of Composite Materials – a Survey,” Journal of Applied Mechanics, Sept. 1983
5
Greaves, G., “Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Pipe Design,” Ciba-Geigy Pipe Systems
6
Puck, A. and Schneider, W., “On Failure Mechanisms and Failure Criteria of Filament-Wound GlassFibre/Resin Composites,” Plastics and Polymers, Feb. 1969
7
Hashin, Z., “The Elastic Moduli of Heterogeneous Materials,” Journal of Applied Mechanics, March 1962
8
Hashin, Z. and Rosen, B. Walter, “The Elastic Moduli of Fibre Reinforced Materials,” Journal of Applied Mechanics, June 1964
9
Whitney, J. M. and Riley, M. B., “Elastic Properties of Fiber Reinforced Composite Materials,” AIAA Journal, Sept. 1966
10 Walpole, L. J., “Elastic Behavior of Composite Materials: Theoretical Foundations,” Advances in Applied Mechanics, Volume 21, Academic Press, 1989 11 BS 7159: 1989 – British Standard Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Glass Reinforced Plastics (GRP) Piping Systems for Individual Plants or Sites 12 UK Offshore Operators Association Specification and Recommended Practice for the Use of GRP Piping Offshore — 1994
Chapter 6 Technical Discussions
93
Code Compliance Considerations General Notes for All Codes This section comprises general notes that cover code compliance. The first several pages contain information that applies to all of the codes. The last pages contain code-specific discussions. The user is urged to review the general notes once, highlighting those that apply to his specific type of problem. He is also recommended to review the notes for the particular piping code to be used. Chapter 2 (see "Configuration and Environment" on page 1) of the Technical Reference Manual gives details about the various parameters that can be used in the CAESAR II setup file. Many of these parameters are discussed from an “application point-of-view” in the text that follows. Users not familiar with the setup file should see Chapter 2 (see "Configuration and Environment" on page 1) of the Technical Reference Manual. An SIF of 2.3 is used for threaded joints for all codes. An SIF of 1.2 is used for double welded slip-on flanges for all codes. An SIF of 1.6 is used for lap joint flanges with B16.9 stub ends for all codes. The only piping codes that cannot take advantage of the WRC 329 options, or the option to use the ASME NC and ND rules for reduced intersections, are BS806 and the Swedish Power Method 1. These codes have no provision for using the effective section modulus, and any extrapolation of the ASME methods into these codes at this time is considered unwarranted. The Weld ID on the SIF & TEE Auxiliary field is used in the calculation of the Bonney Forge Sweepolet and Bonney Forge Insert Weldolet. If the user can be sure that the welds for these fittings will be finished or dressed, then the specification of the Weld ID will result in lower stress intensification factors. Bend SIF overrides by the user effect the entire cross section of the bend, and as such cannot be specified for only a single point on the bend curvature. The user’s defined SIF should be specified for the bend “TO” node. CAESAR II will then apply this SIF, (in place of the code’s SIF) over the entire bend curvature, i.e. from weldline to weldline. The default fiberglass-reinforced plastic (FRP) bend and intersection SIF is 2.3. This value is used for all bends and for all intersections unless otherwise modified by the user. Flexibility factors for FRP bends are 1.0. Users modifying these values are cautioned that SIFs generated from steel fatigue tests may not be applicable as a basis for SIFs for FRP fittings. At this time stress intensification factors cannot be less than 1.0. Because original SIF work used girth butt welds as a basis, some manufacturers are generating SIFs for their fittings that are less than 1.0 implying that the fitting is stronger than a girth butt weld. CAESAR II does not permit the use of these reduced SIFs at this time. The REDUCED_INTERSECTION calculations discussed at length in the following text apply whenever d/D < 0.975. Where (d) is the outside diameter of the branch, and (D) is the outside diameter of the header. WRC 329/330 for the codes: B31.3, B31.4, B31.11, and B31.1 (1967) does the following: 1
Include torsional stresses in all stress calculations, (i.e. Sustained and Occasional)
2
Use a torsional SIF of (r/R) io.
94
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
3
Compute i(ib) from: 0.6(R/T)**2/3 [1+0.5(r/R)**3](r/rp)
4
For i(ob) use 1.5(R/T)**2/3 (r/R)**1/2 (r/rp), and i(ob)(t/T)>1.5
when (r/R) < 0.9., use 0.9(R/T)**2/3 (r/rp), and i(ob)(t/T)>1.0 when (r/R) = 1.0, and use interpolation when 1.0 > (r/R) > 0.9 5
For ir use 0.8 (R/T)**2/3 (r/R), and ir > 2.1
6
If a radius at the junction is provided greater than the larger of t/2 or T/2, then the calculated SIFs may be divided by 2.0, but with ib>1.5 and ir>1.5.
WRC 329/330 for the codes: B31.1, B31.8, ASME III NC & ND, Navy 505, Z183, Z184, and Swedish Method 2, do the following: 1
For ib, use 1.5(R/T)**2/3 (r/R)**1/2 (r/rp), and ib(t/T)>1.5 when (r/R) < 0.9. use 0.9(R/T)**2/3 (r/rp), and ib(t/T)>1.0 when (r/R) = 1.0, and use interpolation when 1.0 > (r/R) > 0.9
2
For ir, use 0.8 (R/T)**2/3 (r/R), and ir > 2.1
3
If a radius at the junction is provided greater than the larger of t/2 or T/2, then the calculated SIFs may be divided by 2.0, but with ib>1.5 and ir>1.5.
Chapter 6 Technical Discussions
95
Bonney Forge Sweepolets tend to be a little more conservative because they are used for fittings in the Nuclear industry. The Bonney Forge Sweepolet equations can generate SIFs less than one because they are stronger than the girth butt weld used as the unity basis for the code fitting SIFs. CAESAR II does not permit SIFs of less than 1.0. If a Bonney Forge Sweepolet SIF is generated that is less than 1.0, 1.0 will be used. Even though CAESAR II allows the specification of two element intersections, the user cannot specify two SIFs at a single node and get an increased SIF. For example a socketweld SIF and an intersection SIF cannot be specified at the same point. For two element joints the largest diameter and the smallest T is used when discrepancies exist between the two adjoining pipes. When the two element fitting is a socket weld then the largest T is used. These selections are made to generate the largest SIFs and thus the most conservative stress calculations for under specified fittings. Note: The mismatch given for girth butt welds is the average mismatch and not the maximum mismatch. Users must make sure that any maximum mismatch requirements are satisfied themselves. If a fillet leg is given in conjunction with a socket weld SIF definition, then both socket weld types result in the same SIF. The B31.3 sustained case SIF factor in the setup file affects all of the following codes: B31.4, B31.8, B31.11, Navy 505, Z662, and B31.1 (1967). The default for the B31.3_SUS_CASE_SIF_FACTOR=1.0. The calculation for the corroded effective section modulus is made from (pi)(r2)te where (r) is the average cross sectional radius of the non-corroded pipe and (te) is the corroded thickness. The thickness (te) is selected based on the noncorroded thicknesses of the branch and header, i.e. the lesser of Th and iTb. The resulting value has the corrosion subtracted from it before the effective section modulus calculation is made. The Maximum Shear Stress is always calculated with the corroded wall thickness, regardless of the setting of the ALL_STRESS_CASES_CORRODED flag in the setup file. If different piping codes are used in one job. The code reported at the top of the output stress report will be the code that was last encountered during model input. SIFs, allowables and code equations are all computed in accordance with the code that is varying with the input. The following piping codes do not, by default, include torsion in the sustained or occasional stress calculations: B31.3
Navy 505
B31.4
Z662
B31.8
B31.1 (1967)
B31.11
96
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Torsion is not added because these codes instruct the user to add the “longitudinal stresses” due to weight, pressure and other sustained loadings. Torsional shear stresses are not longitudinal stresses. The user can request that torsion be added into the sustained and occasional stress equations by putting the parameter: ADD_TORSION_IN_SL_STRESS=YES in the setup file. The torsion stress is still however not intensified, as it is in the power piping codes. This lack of intensification is considered an oversight, and is corrected in WRC 329. The user can implement this fix in his running of any of the above codes by putting the parameter: USE_WRC330 in the setup file. Note that the radius given in CAESAR II is always the equivalent “closely spaced miter” radius. The radius calculation given for widely spaced miters in the piping codes is only to be used when the user breaks the widely spaced miter bend down into individual single cut miters as recommended. B31.1 and the ASME Section III piping codes provide stress intensification factors for reduced branch ends. None of the other piping codes provide these SIFs. The REDUCED INTERSECTION= parameter in the setup file allows the user of other piping codes to access these improved SIFs for reduced fittings. Users taking advantage of this option should review the notes associated with the B31.1 and the ASME Section III codes that follow to make sure that any other parameters or input associated with the reduced intersection calculations are set as necessary. When the user requests pressure stiffening for those codes that do not normally provide it, the pressure stiffening is applied for all bends and for both miter types. The defaults for the occasional load factor from the setup file used in the evaluation of the allowable stress, is given in the text that follows for each of the piping codes. B31.1: The occasional load factor is 1.15. B31.3: The occasional load factor is 1.33. B31.4: This is 0.8Sy as defined in the most recent edition of B31.4. OCC does not effect a B31.4 analysis in CAESAR II. B31.5: The occasional load factor is 1.33. B31.8: An occasional case is not specifically defined. If the user enters an OCC load case the allowable will default to 1.0 times the sustained allowable stress, i.e. OCC=1.0 B31.11: This is 0.88Sy as defined in the most recent edition of B31.11 OCC does not effect a B31.11 analysis in CAESAR II. ASME Section III NC and ND: The default value of OCC is 1.2 so, the occasional stress allowable is 1.8 (1.2 X 1.5) Sh but not greater than 1.5 Sy. If OCC is set to 1.5 or 2.0, the allowable is set to the minimum of 2.25 Sh/1.8 Sy (Level C) or 3.0 Sh/2.0Sy (Level D). Note in the latter two cases, Sm should be entered for Sh. Navy 505: Occasional cases are not addressed but will default to the method used in B31.1, and an OCC value of 1.15 will be used as the default. Z662: Occasional cases not defined, but if entered by the user the allowable for the case will default to 1.0 times the sustained allowable. BS806: The occasional load case is not defined. If entered the allowable stress for the OCC load case will be K Sh, (the occasional load factor times the sustained allowable). The default for “k” is 1.0. Swedish Method 1: OCC is not used. The load cases are not differentiated. The same allowable Sigma(ber)/1.5 is used for all load cases. Swedish Method 2: An OCC default of 1.2 as recommended in the Swedish Piping Code is used. B31.1(1967): OCC default is 1.15. Stoomwezen: OCC default is 1.2. RCC-M C&D: OCC default is 1.2.
Chapter 6 Technical Discussions
97
CODETI: OCC default is 1.15. NORWEGIAN: OCC default is 1.2. FBDR: OCC default is 1.15 BS 7159: The occasional load case is not defined. UKOOA: The occasional load case is not defined. IGE/TD/12: Occasional stress increases are addressed is Table 4 of the code. The occasional factor in the setup file has no bearing on this code. The occasional load factor can be changed from the program defaults via the setup file. The value should be entered in percent. To get an occasional load factor of 1.5, the user would enter 50.0 Intersections are not “FULL” intersections in CAESAR II whenever the branch outside diameter is less than 0.975 times the header outside diameter. When there are multiple piping codes in the same piping job, and a piping code change occurs at an intersection, if the intersection is completely defined with three pipes framing into the intersection then the piping code used to generate the SIF equations will be that one associated with the first header pipe framing into the intersection. If the intersection is only partially defined, then the piping code will be selected from the first pipe framing into the intersection point. The material, thermal expansion, and modulus of elasticity data are for the B31 piping codes. Users may enter their own material and thermal expansion properties if desired. There is a small difference between USE_WRC330 and REDUCED_INTERSECTION =WRC330. The first applies for all full and reduced intersections that are not welding tees or reinforced tees. The latter applies only for reduced fittings that are not welding tees or reinforced fabricated tees. A fitting is reduced when d/D is less than 0.975. The Bonney Forge SIF Data came from the technical flyer: “Bonney Forge Stress Intensification Factors” Bulletin 789/SI-1, Copyright 1976. The ASME piping codes primarily combine moments for thermal expansion stresses. When there is any tendency for large axial forces to exist in the pipe these code equations are not adequate. An example of this is for a buried, or partially buried pipe. Here the axial stresses can be very high. B31.4 directs the user to compute a longitudinal stress for completely restrained pipe. CAESAR II allows the user to specify just how much of the pipe is buried. This longitudinal stress is then added to the stress calculations for thermal and will contribute to a failure prediction that might have otherwise been ignored. Similar effects can be achieved in CAESAR II by using the axial soil restraint and telling the setup file to include F/A components in the stress calculations. Users should be aware that for any type of problem, if large axial loads are developed because of the design, the piping code may not be adequately considering it.
98
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Code-Specific Notes B31.1 Pressure stiffening is implemented by default. Users may deactivate pressure stiffening for B31.1 runs by entering the parameter USE_PRESSURE_STIFFENING=NO in the setup file. Modifications resulting from flanged ends are permitted in the code providing the bend is not a widely spaced miter. B31.1 does not by default add F/A into the stress calculation. F/A and the pressure stresses are added to the bending stress (whether the tensile or compressive component of bending), to produce the largest longitudinal stress component. This is true for all codes insofar as the addition of axial and pressure terms are concerned. The user can cause CAESAR II to include the axial force terms into the code stress by inserting the parameter ADD_F/ A_IN_STRESS=YES to the setup file. The F/A forces discussed here are structural forces developed in the piping independent of pressure PD/4t forces. In 1980 B31.1 added a reduced branch stress intensification factor equation to Appendix D. This equation came directly from ASME Section III. B31.1 continued however to use the effective section modulus calculation for the branch. The ASME Section III rules clearly stated that the branch section modulus, NOT the effective section modulus should be used with the new SIF. B31.1’s using of the effective section modulus produced unnecessarily high calculated stresses. This error was corrected in the 1989 version of B31.1. Prior to Version 3.0 CAESAR II users had two options: Use the pre-1980 version of the B31.1 SIF rules. Use the very conservative, post-1980 B31.1 SIF rules. In version 3.0 (and later) these options also exist, except that the section modulus problem is corrected. For users that wish to run version 3.0 (and later) just like they ran version 2.2, i.e. without the section modulus correction, they can do so by putting the parameter: B31.1_REDUCED_Z_FIX=NO in the setup file. The reduced intersection branch SIFs were not intended for reinforced or welding tees. Conservative results are produced, but the original researchers did not intend for the SIFs to be used for these fittings. The CAESAR II user can disable the reduced branch fitting calculations for reinforced or welded tees by putting the parameter NO_REDUCED_SIF_FOR_RFT_AND_WLT in the setup file. This will produce less conservative results, but can, in some cases be justified. B31.1 102.3.2 (c) tells the user to divide the allowable stresses coming from the stress tables in Appendix A by the applicable weld joint factors listed in Para. 102.4.3. Stress allowables for B31.1 are calculated from: Expansion Allowable =
f [ (1.25/Eff)(Sc+Sh) - Sl ]
Sustained Allowable =
Sh/Eff
Occasional Allowable =
Sh/Eff * (Occ)
Where: f
=
Cyclic reduction factor
Eff =
Longitudinal Weld Joint Efficiency
Sc =
Cold Allowable Stress
Chapter 6 Technical Discussions
Sh =
Hot Allowable Stress
Sl =
Sustained Stress
Occ =
Occasional Load Factor (Default = 1.15)
99
Inplane and outplane stress intensification factors for intersections are kept the same in the B31.1 stress calculation. The B31.1 criteria “B” length for closely spaced miters is not checked by CAESAR II. For reducers B31.1 states that the Flexibility Factor is 1.0. The code also states that SIF is: 2.0 max or 0.5 + .01*alpha* SQRT(D2/t2) Where D1 and t1 are the diameter and thickness of the large end and D2 and t2 are the diameter and thickness of the small end. Alpha is the reducer cone angle in degrees. Where: Alpha = atan[ length / (D1-D2)/2 ] Note:
Alpha cannot exceed 60° and the larger of D1/t1 and D2/t2 can not exceed 100.
B31.3 Modifications resulting from flanged ends are permitted in the code providing the bend is not a widely spaced miter. Inplane and outplane stress intensification factors for intersections are kept separate and unique. Since the B31.3 piping code gives the equation for the expansion stress explicitly, and since that equation does not include the longitudinal stress due to axial loads in the pipe, CAESAR II does not include the F/A component of the stress in the expansion stress equation. (The code also says that the user may wish to add in the F/A component where it may be significant.) Users can change this by placing the parameter: ADD_F/ A_IN_STRESS=YES to the setup file. The F/A longitudinal stress component is by default added to the code stress component for all other stress categories. The SIF for a girth butt weld is taken as 1.0, as this was Markl’s original basis for SIFs. No differentiation is made between socket welds with and without “undercut.” Codes that do differentiate use 1.3 for socket welds with no undercut, and 2.1 for all others. An SIF of 1.3 is used for all B31.3 socket welds (unless a fillet weld leg length is specified). Stress allowables for B31.3 are calculated from: Expansion Allowable =
f [ (1.25/Eff)(Sc+Sh) - Sl ]
Sustained Allowable =
Sh/Eff
Occasional Allowable =
Sh/Eff * (Occ)
100
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Where: f
=
Cyclic reduction factor
Eff =
Weld Joint Efficiency (Only for pre-1980 B31.3)
Sc =
Cold Allowable Stress
Sh =
Hot Allowable Stress
Sl =
Sustained Stress
Occ =
Occasional Load Factor (Default = 1.33)
For B31.3 the flag ALL_STRESS_CASES_CORRODED=NO flag in the setup file returns the corroded stress calculations to the way they were performed in the 2.2 version of CAESAR II. The corrosion is removed from the sustained and occasional stress calculations. See Chapter 2 of the Technical Reference Manual for the setup file parameter B31.3_SUS_CASE_SIF_FACTOR=. This value can have a considerable impact on the sustained case stress calculations. Pressure effects on miters are allowed in the B31.3 piping code. For reducers B31.3 states that the Flexibility Factor is 1.0. The code also states that SIF is 1.0.
B31.4 Pressure stiffening is automatically included as directed per the code. Users may turn pressure stiffening off by including the parameter USE_PRESSURE_STIFFENING=NO in the setup file. Modifications resulting from flanged ends are permitted in the code providing the bend is not a widely spaced miter. The SIF for a girth butt weld is taken as 1.0, as this was Markl’s original basis for SIFs. Inplane and outplane stress intensification factors for intersections are kept separate and unique. The Allowables for B31.4 are calculated from: Expansion Allowable =
(0.72)(Sy)
Sustained Allowable =
(0.75)(0.72)(Sy)
Occasional Allowable =
(0.8)(Sy)
Operating Allowable = axial stress is tensile
(0.9)(Sy) if the axial stress is compressive, no code check done if the
Where: Sy
=
Specified Minimum Yield Stress
Chapter 6 Technical Discussions
101
B31.4 does not use EFF, (found in the Allowable Stress Auxiliary field). The minimum yield stress is all that is required to compute flexibility stress allowables. B31.4 has no provision for using an effective section modulus calculation at intersections. B31.4 does not include a provision for the liberal allowable. This particular option is not used for B31.4 stress allowable calculations. The occasional load factor (used in the other piping codes for determining the allowable stress for occasional load sets) is not used in B31.4, as the allowable stress is expressly given as 0.8 times the minimum yield stress. CAESAR II assumes that 419.6.4(b) establishes a requirement for the allowable operating stress at 90% of Sy; when the net axial stress is compressive (i.e., when longitudinal pressure stresses can be ignored in underground pipes). The last sentence in the paragraph establishes that: “Beam bending stresses shall be included in the longitudinal stress for those portions of the restrained line which are supported above ground.” CAESAR II users have two options for including this axial stress in their analyses: 1
Include axial friction restraints and include the ADD_F/A parameter into the setup file. Set the “fac” value to 0.001 to indicate that the line is buried, so longitudinal pressure stresses are not present, so the hoop stress component must be considered.
2
Use the “fac” value to have CAESAR II compute the “axially-restrained” stress and include it during stress calculations. If a nonzero “fac” value is entered, the pressure plus axial loads in the pipe are multiplied by (1-Fac). This gives a more realistic estimation of the axial stress in the pipe when the user has included both of the effects above.
Users should note that paragraph 419.6.4(b) requires 1) the reduction of the axial expansion stress by the product of Poisson’s ratio and the pressure hoop stress, and 2) the addiction of the hoop stress to the axial stress. The latter represents the calculation of stress intensity when the axial stress is compressive, implying that there is no longitudinal pressure stress in buried pipe (the pressure loads are transmitted directly to the soil). CAESAR II handles this case in the Operating Load Case, where the hoop stress is added in and the allowable stress is set to 0.9 Sy whenever the axial stress is compressive. If “fac” is set to 0.001, the piping element is considered to be buried, so the longitudinal pressure stress is replaced by the product of Poisson’s ratio and the hoop stress, in keeping with the spirit of paragraph 419.6.4(b). “fac” is automatically set to 0.001 when B31.4 pipe is sent through CAESAR II's buried pipe modeler. The stress due to axial force will also be included for these elements. The “fac” variable should probably not be set to 1.0 with B31.4 and thermal expansion cases where the user is going from one thermal state to another state, i.e. where the case is of the form: DS1-DS2, and both DS1 and DS2 contain temperatures. In this case the thermal expansion used in the restrained pipe calculation comes from the last thermal specified in the load case definition. In the example above the thermal expansion associated with the DS2 load case. The base hoop stress on OD flag in the setup file is used by B31.4 when the hoop stress is calculated for the restrained pipe longitudinal stress calculation. The default is to base the hoop stress calculation on the average diameter, and the equation PD/2t. In the mechanical stress calculations the hoop stress is based on the inside diameter. (This is the hoop stress that is printed in the 132 column CAESAR II stress report.) For reducers B31.4 states that the Flexibility Factor is 1.0. The code also states that SIF is 1.0.
102
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
B31.4 Chapter IX Chapter IX presents the offshore requirements of the B31.4 code. All Stress Intensification Factors, Flexibility Factors, and section moduli are calculated exactly as in the standard B31.4 Code. Stress calculations are made using the uncorroded wall thickness. Operating, Sustained, or Occasional load cases are treated identically (there is no provision for a code check for an Expansion load case, so no Expansion cases are generated under this code). For these load cases, three stress calculations are done, each with a different allowable. The stress calculation causing the highest percent of allowable is reported in the stress report, along with its specific allowable. These stress checks are: Hoop Stress:
Sh 0.0) THEN cost = C1*cputime + (C2*nodes + C3*elements) * C4 * numcases + C5 ELSE cost = C1*cputime + (C2*nodes + C3*elements) + C5 ENDIF Users enters C1, C2, C3, C4, and C5 one time, and changes them only when needed. Any of the constants may be zero but at least one must be greater than zero. Accounting reports are generated on a per run basis and are summarized on a per account basis. Reports may be generated for any user requested combination of account numbers. Account numbers are user-defined and may be up to 25 alphanumeric characters. Account and program access can be controlled through the accounting system via optional password protection. Account numbers can be identified for each job using either of two methods: Account number must be selected from a displayed table of allowed account numbers, or will default to the last valid account number input. The account number table is set up and maintained by the account manager. Account number must be some non-blank string. There is no default, and the user’s entry must match one of the allowed account numbers input previously by the account manager. Access to the available account number list is password protected. Users not having valid account numbers will not be permitted to run. Generated reports contain: Account number Jobname Time and Date of Run Number of Nodes, Elements, and Load Cases Calculated Job Cost
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Processors
3
Accounting summary reports include subtotals on a per account number basis, the number of jobs run under the account, and the time period the account has been active. The accounting system is delivered in an uninitialized state. To use the accounting system, users must change this state to active. (It may later be deactivated if the user does not want to use the account recordkeeping feature.) To activate the accounting system from the CAESAR II Main Menu, select TOOLS ACCOUNTING. The Accounting dialog displays.
4
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Select the applicable accounting method (either type 1 or type 2) and then click the Activate Accounting button. The user will receive a that it is indeed activating the accounting as requested. Next set the Pricing Factors by selecting the next tab in the window to show the sheet as displayed below.
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Processors
5
Users should enter any costs as appropriate; blanks are allowed. Each rate is multiplied by the respective job quantity, and the sum of these products is equivalent to the job cost. Job costs are calculated on an integer dollar basis, and will never be less than one dollar. Any of the 5 rate constants can be zero, but not all; and none of the constants may be negative. Account numbers are entered under the Account Numbers tab as shown below. These are the numbers that will be used to prompt users for an account number during program execution. Be sure to click the Save button before exiting!
6
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Once the accounting system is initialized and the pricing factors are set, users can return to the CAESAR II Main Menu and initiate jobs with account tracking. The prompt for the account number will appear during analysis, immediately after the user starts a CAESAR II execution. If type 2 accounting is implemented then users must match the appropriate account number exactly, whereas all account numbers will be displayed in a list box if type 1 accounting has been activated.
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Processors
7
The prompt for accounting information requires user-account identification. For type 2 accounting the user is expected to type in a valid account number, or click OK for the default (last used) account number. For type 1 accounting users simply select the appropriate account number from the list and click OK to continue. An example Accounting report displays below:
8
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Accounting File Structure The format of the CAESAR II accounting file is structured so that users may write a program to access and/or manipulate this file. The name of the CAESAR II accounting file is ACCTG.DAT. This file contains all of the information used by CAESAR II to produce accounting reports. The accounting file may be opened (in FORTRAN) with the following: OPEN(1,FILE=’ACCTG.DAT’,STATUS=’OLD’,FORM=’BINARY’, ACCESS=’DIRECT’,RECL=55)
The following information is stored on each record: Variable
Type
Definition
JOBNAME
CHARACTER*8
Name of the job being run.
ICPUTIME
INTEGER*4
Analysis CPU time used (Seconds)
NODES
INTEGER*2
Number of nodes in the job
NELEMS
INTEGER*2
Number of elements in the job
NLOADS
INTEGER*2
Number of load cases in the job
MYEAR
INTEGER*2
Year the job was run
MMONTH
INTEGER*2
Month the job was run
MDAY
INTEGER*2
Day of the month the job was run
MHOUR
INTEGER*2
Hour of the day the job was run
MMINUTE
INTEGER*2
Minutes of the hour when the job was run
MSECOND
INTEGER*2
Seconds of the minute when the job was run
ACCOUNTNO
CHARACTER*25
Account number to be billed for job
The first record contains only a single integer value (ILAST) giving the last valid record number in the accounting file. The number of job entries is equal to (ILAST-1). This first record may be read: READ(1,REC=1) ILAST
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Processors
9
Batch Stream Processing The Batch Stream Processor is a module which allows users to analyze multiple jobs, in batch mode. This enables users to instruct the computer to run up to twelve different jobs completely unattended. The following are the requirements to properly initiate a batch stream process: The jobs must all be located in the same data directory, and the Default Data Directory must be set to this directory. The jobs must be ready to run. This means that the jobs must have successfully passed error checking and static and dynamic load cases have been defined. If the static load cases have not been defined, CAESAR II uses the standard recommended cases. Accounting should be turned off, or set so that a default account number can be assumed by the program. Adequate disk space must be available to generate the scratch and output files for all of the jobs. Users can enable the Batch Stream Processor from the CAESAR II MAIN MENU by clicking TOOLS MULTI- JOB ANALYSIS.
10
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
The Define Jobs to Run button enables users to define the names and job types to be executed in the stream. The job names are the usual CAESAR II job names that the user has prepared for analysis. The job name specification screen is shown in the following figure.
Once the job names (up to forty) have been specified, click the OK button. The Batch Stream window returns. Clicking the Analyze Specified Jobs button will start the analysis of all previously defined jobs. The user does not have to analyze the jobs immediately. The job names and analysis types are stored in a data file, BATCH.STM, which can be invoked at any time by the user. When the user is ready, the Batch Stream Processor can be started and the “analyze” option invoked. The user can then leave the computer, and return to review the output at a later time. The Batch Stream Processor creates a “log” file of its progress so that users have an idea of how long the process took, or can diagnose any failures in the batch process. This log file is named “BATCH.LOG” and can be found in the directory with the jobs. This file is a standard ASCII text file which can be edited or printed.
Chapter 7 Miscellaneous Processors
11
CAESAR II Fatal Error Processing Every effort has been made to alert the user that data may be inconsistent or unusual for the type of analysis being attempted. However, there exists the potential for user modeling techniques or hardware/operating system problems to generate an error condition within the CAESAR II computation routines. Recognizing this potential, internal self checks are performed by CAESAR II to trap these abnormal conditions. (Examples of abnormal conditions are: full hard disks, invalid or expired ESLs, file corruption, insufficient free memory, etc.) Whenever a fatal error condition arises, CAESAR II will abort the current process. However, CAESAR II attempts to provide the user with an explanation of what went wrong to cause the process to be aborted. This is accomplished in several stages as outlined in the following discussion. First, each error trap/condition is assigned a unique number. When an abort condition occurs, this error number and a short description of the error are displayed in a window. An example of such a message is given in the next figure.
12
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
When the OK button is clicked the error text window is closed and the user has the option of referencing further error information. (This may be desirable when one error definition references another.) The OK button from the additional error information window returns program control to the main CAESAR II Main Menu. This additional error information may be called upon at any time from the CAESAR II Main Menu by selecting the DIAGNOSTICS-ERROR REVIEW menu option.
1
CHAPTER 8
Interfaces In This Chapter Overview of CAESAR II Interfaces ............................................2 CAD Interfaces............................................................................4 Generic Neutral Files ..................................................................74 Computational Interfaces.............................................................95 Data Export to ODBC Compliant Databases ..............................102
2
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Overview of CAESAR II Interfaces There are several external interfaces in existence which allow data transfer between CAESAR II and other software packages. These interfaces can be accessed via the Tools menu item on the CAESAR II Main Menu. Choosing the External Interface menu item exposes an additional menu shown below from which many interface packages are available.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
3
These interfaces are the means through which CAESAR II data is accepted from other sources, or data generated in CAESAR II is provided to other packages. For the most part, this data transfer is from a drawing or analysis package to CAESAR II. The CAESAR II Neutral File transfers both to and from CAESAR II, and the AUTOCAD interface only transfers CAD data from CAESAR II. Note CADWorx/PIPE provides a seamless, bi-directional interface between AutoCAD and CAESAR II, but does not have to go through a translation procedure. 1
Most of the interfaces are CAD interfaces. The exceptions are: LIQT, PIPENET, the C2DAT Matrix, and the CAESAR II Neutral File.
2
The CAD interfaces are intended to transfer the piping geometry into CAESAR II. The resulting CAESAR II input must be thoroughly checked, with loads, restraints, and other specifics added.
3
The interface labeled “CAESAR II Neutral File” is the only interface (aside from CADWorx/PIPE) that is capable of transferring 100% of the data which comprises the _A (input) file.
4
PRO-ISO, CADPIPE, and AutoPlant are not stand-alone CAD packages. Instead, these are intelligent symbols libraries for use with AutoCAD. The interface out to AutoCAD does not utilize any of these three packages; it just creates a DXF file.
5
LIQT is a transient analysis package for liquids in piping networks, and can calculate pressure imbalances as a function of time. This LIQT output is converted by the CAESAR II interface to create force response spectra for CAESAR II dynamic input.
6
PIPENET is a transient analysis package for liquids in piping networks, and can calculate pressure imbalances as a function of time. This PIPENET output is converted by the CAESAR II interface to create a CAESAR II dynamic input file for a force response spectrum analysis.
7
The interfaces typically prompt the user for a file name, transfer the data, and then prompt for another file name. This circular procedure is continued until a blank file name is encountered or the user presses the Cancel button.
8
Users and third party developers beginning an interface to CAESAR II are urged to follow the requirements of the CAESAR II Neutral File interface, since this will enable all of the spreadsheet data to be transferred.
9
CADWorx/PIPE is COADE's piping design and drafting program for the AutoCAD environment. Data may be completely and seemlessly transferred between CAESAR II and CADWorx/PIPE, without creating any neutral files or going through any intermediate steps.
4
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAD Interfaces CADWorx/PIPE Link CADWorx is an AutoCAD based design/drafting program (developed by COADE) with a bi-directional data transfer link to CAESAR II. CADWorx allows models to be created in ortho, iso, 2D, or 3D modes. Models constructed in CADWorx can be sent into CAESAR II, and models built in CAESAR II can be sent into CADWorx. Modifications made in either program are retained for future transfers. In addition, CADWorx allows CAESAR II output data to be imported and placed on the drawing. This provides the ability to generate stress and restraint isometrics. Since the interface operates seemlessly, no action need be taken on the CAESAR II side—CADWorx/PIPE simply uses CAESAR II _A (input) and _P (output) files—so the CADWORX/PIPE option on this menu serves only as a reminder. For more information on importing and exporting CAESAR II files to and from CADWorx/PIPE, refer to that product's User Manual.
DXF AutoCAD Interface Once a job has successfully passed error checking, its geometric information can be converted into an AutoCAD DXF file using the CAESAR II External Interface Module. The job must pass the error checker, since several of the execution files created by the error checker are used. To generate an AutoCAD DXF file simply choose the AUTOCAD DXF FILE menu item, enter the name of the job to be converted into a DXF file when prompted, and click OK on the dialog box. When the file conversion is complete, the program will prompt for another job name. This cycle will be repeated until the Cancel button is clicked. Next, the user should copy all of the just created DXF files into the AutoCAD subdirectory. Start AutoCAD as normal, begin a new drawing, and enter a drawing name. The BEGIN NEW DRAWING option must be selected. At the first prompt, issue the DXFIN command. This will cause AutoCAD to prompt for the file tp read. When reading the specified file, AutoCAD will rescale and display the model. To access the COADE supplied LISP routines, which scale node numbers, a LISP file must be loaded. The command to accomplish this is (load "NODISZ"). Note: The parentheses in the previous command are required. Information about pipes and node points can be obtained by using the LIST command. The ATTDISP command can be used to turn on/off the attribute display, which at this point consists of only node numbers. the size of the node numbers can be changed by using the LISP routine NODISZ. To resize the node numbers, simply enter NODISZ, and answer the prompts. To resize the node numbers, simply enter NODISZ and answer the prompts. In order for this interface program to function properly, all of the intermediate data files, generated by the CAESAR II error checker, must be present. This is the only problem that has ever terminated this interface program.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
5
CADPIPE Interface The interface between CAESAR II and CADPIPE is a one-way transfer of the geometry data from CADPIPE to CAESAR II. The geometry data consists of the pipe lengths, diameters, thicknesses, connectivities, and node numbers. All nodal specific quantities (restraints, loads, displacements, etc.) must be added to the CAESAR II input file in the usual manner by the user. The CADPIPE interface is set up so that several models can be transferred in a single session. The first prompt is for the name of the CADPIPE connectivity (.UDE ) neutral file. Once the user specifies this file name, the transfer process occurs and the interface program prompts for another neutral file name. This is an endless cycle until the user terminates with the Cancel button. The neutral file read by the interface program must be generated by the CADPIPE program. Details of this step can be found in the CADPIPE documentation. The CADPIPE neutral file must be transferred into the CAESAR II directory so that it is available to the interface program. The interface program reads the CADPIPE neutral file and generates the CAESAR II input file and a log file of the transfer process. Users should check the data in both the CAESAR II input file and the log file for consistency and any assumptions made by the interface. The following paragraphs describe the layout of the data extracted from the CADPIPE neutral file and how it is arranged for storage in this interface program. The data storage is maintained in two arrays, the first contains geometry data for each pipe element, the second array contains additional loading and specification data. In the first array, an entry is required for each piece of pipe in the system. A “pipe” in this sense is an entity between two nodes, which could be a pipe, or a rigid element. There are 12 values per entry, where all values must be specified. Field 1 - ELMT This is the pipe element number, which may correspond to an entry in the second array. This is also the pipe/element number in the model. These values should be sequential from 1. Field 2 - N1 This is the “FROM” node number, i.e. the starting node for the element. These values must be greater than zero and less than 32000. Field 3 - N2 This is the “TO” node number, i.e. the ending node for the element. These values must be greater than zero and less than 32000. Field 4 - DX This is the “delta X” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “X” direction. Field 5 - DY This is the “delta Y” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “Y” direction. In CAESAR II, “Y” is vertical. Field 6 - DZ
6
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
This is the “delta Z” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “Z” direction. Field 7 - DIAM This is the pipe outer diameter. Field 8 - THK This is the pipe wall thickness. Field 9 - ANCH This is a restraint (support) indicator flag. If ANCH is 1, then there is a restraint on N1. If ANCH is 2, then there is a restraint on N2. The type of restraint can be obtained from the second array. Field 10 - BND This field indicates the presence of a bend at the N2 end of the element. If BND is 1, there is a bend at N2. If BND is 0, this is a straight pipe. Field 11 - BRAD This field is used to specify the bend radius if the bend is not a long radius bend. The value here should be the desired bend radius. Field 12 - RIGD This field is a flag used to indicate that the current element is a rigid element. The weight of the element can be obtained from the second array. Records in the second array are only necessary when additional data is required. This means there will always be a record in first array for pipe element #1 (this could be the only entry in the array). Any additional entries will contain some type of change to data normally duplicated forward by CAESAR II. Field 1 - ELMT This is the pipe element number, which corresponds to an entry in the first array. This is also a pipe/element number in the model. These numbers are sequential from 1. Field 2 - TEMP1 This is the operating temperature for load case 1, found by scanning the CADPIPE data for the maximum temperature. Field 3 - PRESS1 This is the operating pressure for load case 1, found by scanning the CADPIPE data for the maximum pressure. Field 4 - RGDWGT This value is the weight of rigid elements. This entry is only required if the “RIGID” flag was set in the first array.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
7
Field 5 - TEEFLG This value indicates the “TEE” type. 1 - reinforced 2 - unreinforced 3 - welding tee 4 - sweepolet 5 - weldolet 6 - extruded welding tee Field 6 - RESTYP This value is the restraint (support) type indicator. Type values are: 0 - anchor 1 - double acting X 2 - double acting Y 3 - double acting Z 4 - double acting RX 5 - double acting RY 6 - double acting RZ Field 7 - RINFO1 Data for supports, by default, the restraint stiffness. Field 8 - RINFO2 Data for supports, by default, the restraint gap. Field 9 - RINFO3 Data for supports, by default, the restraint friction coefficient. Field 10 - MATID The CAESAR II material ID value. Note that if the coefficient of expansion is to be changed, it should be entered in the Temperature field above (Field 2). Field 11 - EMOD
8
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
The value of Young’s modulus. Field 12 - POIS The value of Poisson’s ratio. Field 13 - GAMMA The weight density of the material. Field 14 - INSTHK The insulation thickness. Field 15 - INSWGT The weight density of the insulation material. Field 16 - FLDWGT The weight density of the pipe contents (fluid). Field 17 - TEENOD The element node number where there is a tee. Field 18 - (Placeholder for future development.) Field 19 - (Placeholder for future development.) Field 20 -(Placeholder for future development.)
Chapter 8 Interfaces
9
CADPIPE Example Transfer The following is an example connectivity file produced by the CADPIPE program. Examination of this file reveals two distinct regions. The first region defines the entities which make up the piping system, while the second region connects the entities. Both regions are required for the interface to work properly. The first line of each entity definition contains various codes which define: the element type, the element diameter, and the element thickness. BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 1 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-2OBB—1dLATL
INSERTION 1.80000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.20000000e+003 END 1.80000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.20000000e+003 END 1.80000000e+002 3.35999961e+002 1.20350000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 2 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-2OPP—ATLATL
134.50
INSERTION 1.80000000e+002 3.35999997e+002 1.27075000e+003 END 1.80000000e+002 3.35999961e+002 1.20350000e+003 END 1.80000000e+002 3.36000033e+002 1.33800000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 3 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-3O1B—ATLATL
INSERTION 1.80000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 1.89000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 1.80000000e+002 3.36000033e+002 1.33800000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 4
10
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-0OPP—ATLATL
105.38
INSERTION 2.41687500e+002 3.35999959e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 1.89000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 2.94375000e+002 3.35999917e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 5 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-0O2H—ATLATLATL
INSERTION 3.00000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.05625000e+002 3.36000083e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 2.94375000e+002 3.35999917e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.00000083e+002 3.30375000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 6 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-0O1B—ATLATL
INSERTION 4.02000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.93000000e+002 3.35999934e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 4.01999934e+002 3.45000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 7 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-0OPP—ATLATL
90.00
INSERTION 4.02000017e+002 3.90000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 4.01999934e+002 3.45000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 4.02000099e+002 4.35000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_ENTITY
Chapter 8 Interfaces
BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 8 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-3O1B—ATLATL
INSERTION 4.02000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 4.02000099e+002 4.35000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 4.02000033e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.33800000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 9 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-2OBB—1dLATL
INSERTION 4.02000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.20000000e+003 END 4.02000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.20000000e+003 END 4.02000000e+002 4.43999961e+002 1.20350000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 10 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-2OPP—ATLATL
134.50
INSERTION 4.02000017e+002 4.43999981e+002 1.27075000e+003 END 4.02000000e+002 4.43999961e+002 1.20350000e+003 END 4.02000033e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.33800000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 11 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-0O1B—ATLATL
INSERTION 3.00000000e+002 2.16000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 2.99999967e+002 2.25000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.09000000e+002 2.16000033e+002 1.34700000e+003
11
12
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 12 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-0OPP—ATLATL
105.38
INSERTION 3.00000025e+002 2.77687500e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 2.99999967e+002 2.25000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.00000083e+002 3.30375000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 13 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-0OPP—ATLZTL
69.00
INSERTION 3.43500000e+002 2.16000017e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.09000000e+002 2.16000033e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.78000000e+002 2.16000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_ENTITY ENTITY_NUMBER 14 ATTRIBUTES 1CAESAR
AAA1
C-0OPP—ATLATL
87.38
INSERTION 3.49312500e+002 3.36000008e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.05625000e+002 3.36000083e+002 1.34700000e+003 END 3.93000000e+002 3.35999934e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_ENTITY BEGIN_RUN LINE_NUMBER CAESAR
AAA1
BEGIN_COORD 1.80000000e+002 3.00000000e+002 1.20000000e+003 END_COORD
3.00000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003
BEGIN_SEGMENT
Chapter 8 Interfaces
BEGIN_COORD 1.80000000e+002 3.00000000e+002 1.20000000e+003 END_COORD
1.80000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.20000000e+003
ENTITY 1 END_SEGMENT BEGIN_SEGMENT BEGIN_COORD 1.80000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.20000000e+003 END_COORD
1.80000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003
ENTITY 1 ENTITY 2 ENTITY 3 END_SEGMENT BEGIN_SEGMENT BEGIN_COORD 1.80000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_COORD
3.00000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003
ENTITY 3 ENTITY 4 ENTITY 5 END_SEGMENT END_RUN BEGIN_RUN LINE_NUMBER CAESAR
AAA1
BEGIN_COORD 3.00000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_COORD
3.78000000e+002 2.16000000e+002 1.34700000e+003
BEGIN_SEGMENT BEGIN_COORD 3.00000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_COORD ENTITY 5
3.00000000e+002 2.16000000e+002 1.34700000e+003
13
14
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
ENTITY 12 ENTITY 11 END_SEGMENT BEGIN_SEGMENT BEGIN_COORD 3.00000000e+002 2.16000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_COORD
3.78000000e+002 2.16000000e+002 1.34700000e+003
ENTITY 11 ENTITY 13 END_SEGMENT END_RUN BEGIN_RUN LINE_NUMBER CAESAR
AAA1
BEGIN_COORD 3.00000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_COORD
4.44000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.20000000e+003
BEGIN_SEGMENT BEGIN_COORD 3.00000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_COORD
4.02000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003
ENTITY 5 ENTITY 14 ENTITY 6 END_SEGMENT BEGIN_SEGMENT BEGIN_COORD 4.02000000e+002 3.36000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_COORD ENTITY 6 ENTITY 7 ENTITY 8
4.02000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.34700000e+003
Chapter 8 Interfaces
15
END_SEGMENT BEGIN_SEGMENT BEGIN_COORD 4.02000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.34700000e+003 END_COORD
4.02000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.20000000e+003
ENTITY 8 ENTITY 10 ENTITY 9 END_SEGMENT BEGIN_SEGMENT BEGIN_COORD 4.02000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.20000000e+003 END_COORD
4.44000000e+002 4.44000000e+002 1.20000000e+003
ENTITY 9 END_SEGMENT END_RUN As the interface runs, status messages are displayed on the user’s terminal for informative purposes. Once the transfer is complete, the user should review the .LOG file generated to insure that there are no unexplained errors or warnings. The .LOG file generated for the above .UDE file is listed as follows.
*** CAESAR II / CADPIPE Geometry Translator *** CADPIPE data as read in for NEUTRAL file: NRGTST1.UDE
General Notes This file contains the status of the data conversion from the CADPIPE ISO system to the CAESAR II stress analysis package. The data contained in this file is grouped into three sections: 1
Entity information
2
Segment connectivity information
3
Final interpreted CAESAR II data.
16
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Anomalies with final CAESAR II model geometry should be traced through this file, possibly back to the CADPIPE connectivity file. Notes and warning messages are shown below as necessary. Since all required CAESAR II data is not available in the CADPIPE environment, CAESAR II must make certain modeling assumptions. Users are cautioned to verify the following assumptions: 1
Thicknesses of .05 are program generated because no match could be found in the standard CAESAR II diameter/thickness tables. This value must be corrected once in CAESAR II.
2
Rigid elements are assumed to have a weight of 1.0. This value should be corrected once in CAESAR II.
3
Temperatures, pressures, and other loading items are not available for transfer by the interface.
4
Restraint information is not available for transfer by the interface.
5
Material #1 (low carbon steel) is assumed by the interface program.
Error Code Definitions 1
The item code for this entity indicates that it is a custom bend. This interface will make the transfer assuming it is a long radius elbow. The correction to the proper radius must take place on the CAESAR II spreadsheet.
2
The item code for this entity indicates that it is a mitered bend. This interface will make the transfer assuming it is a long radius elbow. The correction to the proper radius and number of cuts must take place on the CAESAR II spreadsheet.
3
The item code for this entity indicates that it is some type of "OLET" fitting. Since there is only a single reference to this entity in the CADPIPE neutral file, this segment will be discontiguous with the rest of the model in CAESAR II. This interface will attempt to connect the "OLET" as it sees fit. The final geometry should be checked!
4
The item code for this entity is unknown to the current version of the interface. The entity will be set to a 2 node, zero length rigid element. The user must modify the CAESAR II data to correct this anomaly.
5
The segment being processed referenced and ENTITY that was not defined in the "ENTITY Information " section of the ".UDE" file. This indicates some type of error during the generation of the neutral file. Regenerate the neutral file before using the interface again.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
17
CADPIPE LOG File Discussion The .LOG file is very useful in locating problems which may have been encountered by the interface program. The .LOG file is broken down into the following sections: Introduction: A one page summary listing general notes about the interface and defines the error code. Section 1: Lists the entity information as read from the CADPIPE connectivity file. Note that each entity has been grouped into one of four possible element types, node numbers have been assigned, and the coordinate system has been rotated to conform to the standard pipe stress coordinate system (Y vertical). Section 2: Details the interpretation and model building process. Section 3: Lists the final transformed data which the interface program wrote as the CAESAR II input file. A sample .LOG file follows. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1-Entity Information Element types are: 1 - Pipe 2 - Bend 3 - Intersection 4 - Rigid Interpreted Entity information for: 14 Entities.
18
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Section 2-Segment Information Processing LINE_NUMBER: CAESAR Entity
AAA1 1 Original nodes:
10.
STARTING new segment with new Entity #
20.
1, “FROM” node is
10.
CAESAR II type is PIPE Final nodes:
10.
20.
Finished processing segment with entities: Entity
1 Original nodes:
1
10.
20.
STARTING new segment with old Entity # 1, “FROM” node is 20. CAESAR II type is 1. Entity 1 PIPE has already been processed. Skip in progress. Entity 2 Original nodes: Final nodes: Entity
20.
30.
40.
40.
3 Original nodes:
50.
60.
Switched TO/FROM orientation. Final nodes:
40.
50.
Finished processing segment with entities: Entity
3 Original nodes:
1
60.
STARTING new segment with old Entity #
2
3
50.
3, “FROM” node is
50.
CAESAR II type is 2. Entity
3 BEND has already been processed. Skip in progress.
Entity
4 Original nodes:
Final nodes: Entity
50.
5 Original nodes:
Resetting element deltas.
70.
80.
90.
100.
80.
4 “TO” node from
Finished processing segment with entities:
80. to 100. and adjusting 3
4
5
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Processing LINE_NUMBER: Entity
CAESAR
5 Original nodes:
AAA1
100.
100.
STARTING new segment with old Entity # 5, “FROM” node is 100. CAESAR II type is 3. Entity
5 TEE
has already been processed. Skip in progress.
Entity 12 Original nodes:
230.
240.
Switched TO/FROM orientation. Final nodes:
100.
230.
Entity 11 Original nodes: Final nodes:
230.
210.
220.
220.
Finished processing segment with entities: Entity 11 Original nodes:
210.
STARTING new segment with old Entity # CAESAR II type is
5
12
11
220. 11, “FROM” node is
220.
2.
Entity 11 BEND has already been processed. Skip in progress. Entity 13 Original nodes: Final nodes:
220.
250.
260.
260.
Finished processing segment with entities: Processing Entity
LINE_NUMBER:
CAESAR
5 Original nodes:
11
13
AAA1 100.
STARTING new segment with old Entity #
100. 5, “FROM” node is
100.
CAESAR II type is 3. Entity
5 TEE
has already been processed. Skip in progress.
Entity 14 Original nodes: Final nodes: Entity
100.
280.
280.
280.
6 Original nodes:
Final nodes:
270.
120.
110.
120.
19
20
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Finished processing segment with entities: Entity
6 Original nodes:
110.
STARTING new segment with old Entity # CAESAR II type is
6 BEND
Entity
7 Original nodes:
Final nodes:
120. 6, “FROM” node is
140.
130.
140.
150.
160.
8 Original nodes:
150.
STARTING new segment with old Entity #
Entity
Skip in progress.
160.
Finished processing segment with entities:
Entity
120.
140.
8 Original nodes:
CAESAR II type is
6
has already been processed.
120.
Final nodes:
Entity
14
2.
Entity
Entity
5
6
7
8
160. 8, “FROM” node is
160.
2.
8 BEND
has already been processed.
10 Original nodes:
190.
200.
170.
180.
Skip in progress.
Switched TO/FROM orientation. Final nodes: Entity
160.
190.
9 Original nodes:
Switched TO/FROM orientation. Final nodes:
190.
170.
Finished processing segment with entities: Entity
9 Original nodes:
180.
STARTING new segment with old Entity # CAESAR II type is
1.
8
10
9
170. 9, “FROM” node is
170.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Entity
9 PIPE
has already been processed.
Finished processing segment with entities:
9
21
Skip in progress.
22
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Section 3-Final CAESAR II Data *** C A E S A R I I INTERPRETED GEOMETRY DATA ***
*** C A E S A R I I INTERPRETED PROPERTY DATA *** Part 1
*** C A E S A R I I INTERPRETED PROPERTY DATA ***
Part 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Data transferred to CAESAR II array structures. The CAESAR II job file name is: NRGTST._A Starting generation of CAESAR II input file for: 13 Elements 4 Bends 0 Rigids 0 Restraints Conversion of data to CAESAR II completed.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
23
Checking the CADPIPE/CAESAR II Data Transfer It is very important that the resulting CAESAR II input file be verified by the user. The first step in the verification process is the review of the log file to see if any errors or warnings were generated. The .LOG file is a standard ASCII text file which can be printed on the system printer or scanned with a text editor. The second step is to enter the input mode of the CAESAR II program and plot the model. The CAESAR II plot for the CADPIPE example is shown in the following figure.
24
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
If the resulting CAESAR II geometry is inconsistent with the CADPIPE drawing, look for the problem in the .LOG file. First, identify the problem area and locate the relevant elements in Section 3 of the .LOG file. Next, find the appropriate segment in Section 2 of the .LOG file and ensure it contains the same entities as shown in the CADPIPE connectivity file. Finally, verify the information in Section 1 of the .LOG file matches the interpreted data in Section 3. Anomalies with the resulting CAESAR II geometry can usually be attributed to one of the following causes: Occasionally an unexpected geometry condition will be handed to the CAESAR II interface program. The solution to this problem is to update the interface program for the current condition. The user should forward the .UDE file to COADE for analysis and subsequent interface modification. An unknown item code was encountered. This indicates that the CADPIPE program has been revised and new item codes added, which the interface program is unaware of. As before, the interface program will have to be modified to handle this condition. The user should contact COADE and inform the CAESAR II Technical Support staff of this error message. The reassembly of a geometry containing OLETS should be checked carefully. OLET entities in the CADPIPE connectivity file do not contain a reference to the piping element they intersect. The interface attempts to determine the associated pipe via coordinate computation and 3D intersection calculations. There is the potential for this procedure to pass over the intersection point. In this case, the branch containing the OLET will plot at the origin of the CAESAR II model. This condition can be fixed in the CAESAR II input by breaking the intersected pipe and assigning the OLET node number to the break point. Some CADPIPE connectivity files which have been submitted to COADE for analysis contained errors. These errors consisted of either pipe doubling back on itself, or piping elements indicated as bends where there was no change in direction. Both of these errors will be detected by the CAESAR II error checker. However, most users quit before that stage and conclude that the interface is wrong. Both of these errors should be detected in CADPIPE before the connectivity file is generated.
ComputerVision Interface The interface between CAESAR II and ComputerVision is a one way transfer of the geometry data from ComputerVision to CAESAR II. The geometry data consists of the pipe lengths, diameters, thicknesses, connectivities, and node numbers. All nodal specific quantities (restraints, loads, displacements, etc.) must be added to the CAESAR II input file in the usual manner by the user. The ComputerVision interface is set up so that several models can be transferred in a single session. The first prompt by the interface is for the name of the ComputerVision neutral file. Once the user specifies this file name, the transfer process occurs and the interface program prompts for another neutral file name. This is an endless cycle until the user terminates the session by pressing the Cancel button. The neutral file read by the interface must be generated by the ComputerVision “EXTRACT PIPE” module. Details of this step can be found in the ComputerVision documentation. The ComputerVision neutral file must be transferred into the CAESAR II directory so that it is available to the interface program. The interface program reads the ComputerVision neutral file and generates the CAESAR II input file and a log file of the transfer process. Users should check the data in both the CAESAR II input file and the log file for consistency and any assumptions made by the interface.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
25
ComputerVision Interface Prompts Once the ComputerVision interface is started, it prompts the user for the name of the neutral file to be translated. The user must enter the full file name (prefix, dot, suffix) correctly, or the prompt is repeated. The interface checks for the file’s existence and then prompts for an arbitrary coordinate conversion factor. An affirmative response to this query produces a prompt for the conversion factor. This conversion factor is used to ensure the coordinates are in the same units as the diameters and thicknesses. The interface then prompts the user for the location in the neutral file of the tangent intersection points (TIPTs) of the elbows. Normally, the TIPTs of the bends will be in the section of the neutral file labeled component data. If this is the case, answer [Y] to the prompt, otherwise answer [N]. Note: The interface will not translate the geometry properly if the TIPTs for some bends is in the component data, while the TIPTs for other bends is in the grid data. After these prompts have been answered, the interface translates the ComputerVision neutral file and displays the name of the generated CAESAR II input file. The interface then prompts for the name of another neutral file for conversion and the cycle is repeated.
ComputerVision Neutral File The ComputerVision neutral file is a standard ASCII text file generated by the “EXTRACT PIPE” module. The data for the piping system is broken down into distinct sections in the neutral file as outlined below: General Data. Defines the line name and the units system used to generate the neutral file. The current CAESAR II units file should match this units specification, or utilize the “arbitrary conversion factor” discussed above. Anchor Data. Defines the coordinates of points described as anchors to the system. Grid Data. Defines the coordinates of the other nodal points in the system. Member Data. Describes the element connectivity of the system and references special conditions to the Component Data. Component Data. Defines the coordinates of bend tangent intersection points. Section Data. Defines the diameter and wall thickness of the various pipe cross sections used in the Member Data. The other sections of the neutral file are not utilized by the interface program. One assumption made by the interface is that each of the sections are separated in the file by a blank line. This is important, depending on how the neutral file was transferred to the CAESAR II directory on the PC. Some communication setups compress out blank lines, which will cause the interface to abort with an error message.
26
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Log File The log file generated by the interface contains an image of the data utilized from the neutral file. This data consists of the Anchor data, the Grid data, the Member data, the Component data, and the Section data. Note that the node numbers are reassigned, starting with and incrementing by tens. Following the image of the neutral file is the interpreted data, listed in the standard CAESAR II data matrix format.
Checking the ComputerVision/CAESAR II Data Transfer It is very important that the resulting CAESAR II input file be verified by the user. The first step in the verification process is the review of the log file to see if the interpreted data makes sense. The .LOG file is a standard ASCII text file which can be printed on the system printer or scanned with a text editor. The second step is to enter the input mode of the CAESAR II program and plot the model. The CAESAR II plot for the ComputerVision example is shown in the following figure.
Intergraph Interface This interface transfers a piping system geometry from an Intergraph neutral file into a standard CAESAR II binary input file. The geometry data consists of the pipe lengths, diameters, thicknesses, connectivities, and node numbers. All nodal specific quantities (loads, displacements, etc.) must be added to the CAESAR II input file in the usual manner by the user. There are three basic steps necessary to generate a CAESAR II input file from an Intergraph neutral file: 1
Run the Intergraph PDS Interface module to create an Intergraph neutral file. This ASCII file should then be transferred to the CAESAR subdirectory.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
2
As many Intergraph neutral files as necessary may be created and transferred. The interface will continue to prompt the user for neutral file names, until the session is terminated by the user by clicking the Cancel button.
3
Ensure the proper units file is active in the directory in which the neutral file is located. This is necessary for the proper conversion of the data.
27
Start CAESAR II as usual and enter the TOOLS - EXTERNAL INTERFACES- INTERGRAPH and answer the prompts.
File Name This is the full path name to the neutral file, which must include the file suffix. On startup, this field is filled with the current data path. You can manually add a file name to the end of this string, or use the Browse button to search for a neutral file.
Browse This button invokes a standard file selection dialog box from which you can search for the desired neutral file. The top of this dialog contains controls for switching directories or drives, while the bottom of this dialog contains a control to switch between the neutral file suffix types (.N or .NEU).
28
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Minimum Anchor Node This edit box allows the user to change the node number interpreted as the minimum node number for a terminal point in the model. You should only change the default value if your Intergraph system has been set up with a different anchor node range.
Maximum Anchor Node This edit box allows the user to change the node number interpreted as the maximum node number for a terminal point in the model. You should only change the default value if your Intergraph system has been set up with a different anchor node range.
Starting Node Number This edit box allows you to specify the starting node number in the resulting CAESAR II model. The entire model will be renumbered (by default) using this value as the starting point for the model. To disable renumbering, this value must be set to zero (as well as the node number increment).
Node Number Increment This edit box allows you to specify the value used as a node number increment, employed during the renumbering of the model. To disable renumbering, this value must be set to zero (as well as the starting node number.
Filter Out Elements Whose Diameter is Less Than This edit box is used to define a minimum allowed pipe size. Any elements less than this minimum diameter will be ignored. The purpose of this entry is to keep drain lines and taps out of the stress model.
Remove HA Elements This check box determines whether or not HA elements are removed by this interface. Normally HA (hanger-support direction) elements should be removed. The support is placed on the pipe where the HA element joints it. Unchecking this box leaves HA elements in the stress model.
Force Consistent Bend Materials This check box allows the interface to insure that all bend elements (incoming and outgoing) have the same material name and properties. Often, bends are given a different material name than that of the attached piping, while the properties are the same. This check box allows the program to change the material information as necessary on the bend elements to that of the attached piping.
Include Additional Bend Nodes This check box allows the interface to add a mid-point node and a near-point node on bends. Unchecking this box causes bends to have only the far-point node.
Enable Advanced Element Sort This check box allows a second, more thorough sorting of the elements. This sort considers the length of the runs, the diameter, and the elevation in determining where to begin the node numbering sequence. (This option is enabled by default). Turning this option off employs only the first sort where the elements are sorted starting with the largest (diameter) anchor nodes and proceeds to the smallest.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
29
Model Tees as 3 Elements This option instructs the software to treat tees as 3 elements, instead of condensing them down to a point. In either case, the SIF is applied at the tee node. Using 3 elements allows pipe properties of the tee to differ from the attached piping.
Model Rotation This group of radio buttons is used to specify the rotation of the model about the Y axis. The default is zero which leaves the model alone. The +90 button rotates the model a positive 90 degrees, while the -90 button rotates the model a negative 90 degrees. (Note, the Y axis is vertical in CAESAR II.)
Weight Units This set of radio buttons enables the software to properly interpret the 'weight' values contained in the neutral file. This is necessary since the neutral file does not indicate the units for the weight values. The value selected here should match the corresponding value in the active CAESAR II units file.
Insulation Units This set of radio buttons enables the software to properly interpret the 'insulation thickness' values contained in the neutral file. This is necessary since the neutral file does not indicate the units for insulation thickness values. The value selected here should match the corresponding value in the active CAESAR II units file. Once the Intergraph interface program returns control to the Main Menu, the CAESAR II binary input files are available for access. The following modifications and additions will be necessary: Specification of material properties; Material 1 is assumed, unless a material mapping file is provided. The material mapping file is discussed below. Specification of temperatures and pressures; the temperature/pressure pairs are assigned to T1, T2, T3 and P1, and P2 in order. Specification of intersection types; unreinforced is assumed. Specification of restraints details. By default, only anchors and double acting supports are detected by the interface. If the exact type of restraint is to be transferred, the PDS system must be configured to generate the CAESAR II restraint type indicators. These restraint type indicators are shown in the "Additional Notes" section of the "complete Neutral File" interface, discussed later in this chapter. These restraint type values must be placed in field 7 of the first "HA" property card to be recognized by CAESAR II. Specification of other loads. The weight of rigid elements can be transferred into CAESAR II for "3W", "4W", "AV", "RB", and "VA" type elements. In order for the weight of these elements to transfer, the weight value must be placed in field 8 of the first property card. Insulation thickness and density can be transferred into CAESAR II also. The thickness and density values should be placed in fields 9 and 10 of the first PROP card. In addition, the LOG file generated by the interface should be reviewed for any anomalies. The interface sorts the elements and then insures that diameters and wall thicknesses are defined for each element. Depending on how disorganized the Intergraph neutral file is, some assumptions made by the interface may not be correct and therefore require modification of the resulting CAESAR II input file. Any major problems encountered by the interface cause the program to abort and no CAESAR II input is generated. Users experiencing problems of this nature should forward their neutral files to COADE for analysis and subsequent program modification.
30
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
If desired, a material mapping file may be defined to relate the material designations in the Intergraph neutral file to the standard CAESAR II materials. This file must be named "PDS_MAT.MAP" and it must be located beneath the CAESAR II program directory, in the \SYSTEM subdirectory. This mapping file contains two fields of data per line. Field 1 contains the PDS material name as it will appear in the neutral file, and is 16 characters wide. Field 2 contains the CAESAR II material number corresponding to the PDS material name. These values should contain a decimal point, and lie in columns 17 thru 21. The following paragraphs describe the layout of the data extracted from the Intergraph neutral file and how it is arranged for storage in this interface program. The data storage is maintained in two arrays, the first contains geometry data for each pipe element, the second array contains additional loading and specification data. In the first array, an entry is required for each piece of pipe in the system. A “pipe” in this sense is an entity between two nodes, which could be a pipe, or a rigid element. There are 12 values per entry, where all values must be specified. Field 1 - ELMT. This is the pipe element number, which may correspond to an entry in the second array. This is also the pipe/element number in the model. These values should be sequential from 1. Field 2 - N1. This is the “FROM” node number, i.e. the starting node for the element. These values must be greater than zero and less than 32000. Field 3 - N2. This is the “TO” node number, i.e. the ending node for the element. These values must be greater than zero and less than 32000. Field 4 - DX. This is the “delta X” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “X” direction. Field 5 - DY. This is the “delta Y” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “Y” direction. In CAESAR II, “Y” is vertical. Field 6 - DZ. This is the “delta Z” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “Z” direction. Field 7 - DIAM. This is the pipe outer diameter. Field 8 - THK. This is the pipe wall thickness. Field 9 - ANCH. This is a restraint (support) indicator flag. If ANCH is 1, then there is a restraint on N1. If ANCH is 2, then there is a restraint on N2. The type of restraint can be obtained from the second array. Field 10 - BND. This field indicates the presence of a bend at the N2 end of the element. If BND is 1, there is a bend at N2. If BND is 0, this is a straight pipe. Field 11 - BRAD. This field is used to specify the bend radius if the bend is not a long radius bend. The value here should be the desired bend radius. Field 12 - RIGD. This field is a flag used to indicate that the current element is a rigid element. The weight of the element can be obtained from the second array. Records in the second array are only necessary when additional data is required. This means there will always be a record in first array for pipe element #1 (this could be the only entry in the array). Any additional entries will contain some type of change to data normally duplicated forward by CAESAR II.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
31
Field 1 - ELMT. This is the pipe element number, which corresponds to an entry in the first array. This is also a pipe/element number in the model. These numbers are sequential from 1. Field 2 - TEMP1. This is the operating temperature for load case 1, found by scanning the Intergraph data. Field 3 - PRESS1. This is the operating pressure for load case 1, found by scanning the Intergraph data. Field 4 - RGDWGT. This value is the weight of rigid elements. This entry is only required if the “RIGID” flag was set in the first array. Field 5 - TEEFLG. This value indicates the “TEE” type. 1 - reinforced 2 - unreinforced 3 - welding tee 4 - sweepolet 5 - weldolet 6 - extruded welding tee Field 6 - RESTYP. This value is the restraint (support) type indicator. Type values are defined in the "Additional Notes" section of the "Complete Neutral File" interface, discussed later in this chapter. Field 7 - RINFO1. Data for supports, by default, the restraint stiffness. Field 8 - RINFO2. Data for supports, by default, the restraint gap. Field 9 - RINFO3. Data for supports, by default, the restraint friction coefficient. Field 10 - MATID. The standard CAESAR II material ID value (1-17). Note that if the coefficient of expansion is to be changed, it should be entered in the Temperature field above (Field 2). Field 11 - EMOD. The value of Young’s modulus. Field 12 - POIS. The value of Poisson’s ratio. Field 13 - GAMMA. The weight density of the material. Field 14 - INSTHK. The insulation thickness. Field 15 - INSWGT. The weight density of the insulation material. Field 16 - FLDWGT. The weight density of the pipe contents (fluid). Field 17 - TEENOD. The element node number where there is a tee. Field 18 - TEMP2. This case is the temperature for operating case 2.
32
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Field 19 - TEMP3. This is the temperature for operating case 3. Field 20 - PRESS2. This is a second pressure specification
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Example Transfer Listed as follows is an example neutral file from the PDS system. ! Model Design file(s) : ZG2:[006,006]MDLTEST.DGN !
: ZG2:[006,006]EQPTEST.DGN
! Line name(s)
: P-1002
! Date
: 26-JUL-89 13:58:12
DRAW ,P-1002,P-1002 LOAD, 202000E, 1, 3, 500.00
100.00,
300.00,
0.00,
0.00,
300.00,
LOAD, 202000E, 4, 6, 0.00
200.00,
400.00,
0.00,
0.00,
0.00,
LOAD, 102001F, 1, 3, 500.00
100.00,
300.00,
0.00,
0.00,
300.00,
LOAD, 102001F, 4, 6, 0.00
200.00,
400.00,
0.00,
0.00,
0.00,
LOAD, 202000F, 1, 3, 500.00
100.00,
300.00,
0.00,
0.00,
300.00,
LOAD, 202000F, 4, 6, 0.00
200.00,
400.00,
0.00,
0.00,
0.00,
LOAD, 102001A, 1, 3, 500.00
100.00,
300.00,
0.00,
0.00,
300.00,
LOAD, 102001A, 4, 6, 0.00
200.00,
400.00,
0.00,
0.00,
0.00,
LOAD, 102001D, 1, 3, 500.00
100.00,
300.00,
0.00,
0.00,
300.00,
LOAD, 102001D, 4, 6, 0.00
200.00,
400.00,
0.00,
0.00,
0.00,
LSET, 202000E,3,6,5,3
LSET, 102001F,3,6,5,3
LSET, 202000F,3,6,5,3
LSET, 102001A,3,6,5,3
LSET, 102001D,3,6,5,3
33
34
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
LOAD, 1020020, 1, 3, 500.00
100.00,
300.00,
0.00,
0.00,
300.00,
LOAD, 1020020, 4, 6, 0.00
200.00,
400.00,
0.00,
0.00,
0.00,
LOAD, 1020023, 1, 3, 500.00
100.00,
300.00,
0.00,
0.00,
300.00,
LOAD, 1020023, 4, 6, 0.00
200.00,
400.00,
0.00,
0.00,
0.00,
LSET, 1020020,3,6,5,3
LSET, 1020023,3,6,5,3 CODE,CODE23,ASME2,1982,D TF, 3020009,16"x10"STDCB390155,,CODE23,
25,
24
PROP,TF, 3020009, 1,A105,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,TF, 3020009, 2,0,0.0,90 PROP,TF, 3020009, 3,16.,16,BE,0.375,, 202000E PROP,TF, 3020009, 4,10.,10.75,BE,0.365,, 102001F RB, 302000B,16"STDCB30255,,CODE23, 901,
26
PROP,RB, 302000B, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,RB, 302000B, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 202000E PROP,RB, 302000B, 4,0.,0,BW,0.,, 202000E PI, 5020013,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
26,
25
PROP,PI, 5020013, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5020013, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 202000E PROP,PI, 5020013, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 202000E RB, 302000A,16"STDCB30255,,CODE23, 902,
12
PROP,RB, 302000A, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,RB, 302000A, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 202000F PROP,RB, 302000A, 4,0.,0,BW,0.,, 202000F TF, 302000C,16"x10"STDCB390155,,CODE23,
15,
14
Chapter 8 Interfaces
PROP,TF, 302000C, 1,A105,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,TF, 302000C, 2,0,0.0,90 PROP,TF, 302000C, 3,16.,16,BE,0.375,, 202000F PROP,TF, 302000C, 4,10.,10.75,BE,0.365,, 102001A PI, 5020014,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
17,
15
PROP,PI, 5020014, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5020014, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 102001D PROP,PI, 5020014, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 102001D FL, 3020042,10"STDCB20015,,CODE23,
27,
13
PROP,FL, 3020042, 1,A105,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,FL, 3020042, 3,10.,16,WN,0.,CL150, 102001A PROP,FL, 3020042, 4,10.,10.75,BW,0.365,CL150, 102001A PI, 5020015,10"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
14,
13
PROP,PI, 5020015, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5020015, 3,10.,10.75,BW,0.365,, 102001A PROP,PI, 5020015, 4,10.,10.75,BW,0.365,, 102001A TE, 3020008,16"STDCB30245,,CODE23,
22,
17,
20, 951
PROP,TE, 3020008, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,TE, 3020008, 2,0,0.0,90 PROP,TE, 3020008, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020020 PROP,TE, 3020008, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 102001D PROP,TE, 3020008, 5,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 FL, 3020041,10"STDCB20015,,CODE23,
28,
23
PROP,FL, 3020041, 1,A105,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,FL, 3020041, 3,10.,16,WN,0.,CL150, 102001F PROP,FL, 3020041, 4,10.,10.75,BW,0.365,CL150, 102001F PI, 5020012,10"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
23,
24
35
36
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
PROP,PI, 5020012, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5020012, 3,10.,10.75,BW,0.365,, 102001F PROP,PI, 5020012, 4,10.,10.75,BW,0.365,, 102001F EL, 3020040,16"STDCB30215,,CODE23, 903,
1, 952
PROP,EL, 3020040, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 3020040, 2,24,90,0,0. PROP,EL, 3020040, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,EL, 3020040, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 EL, 3020023,16"STDCB30215,,CODE23,
18,
16, 953
PROP,EL, 3020023, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 3020023, 2,24,90,0,0. PROP,EL, 3020023, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,EL, 3020023, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 EL, 3020024,16"STDCB30215,,CODE23,
16,
10, 954
PROP,EL, 3020024, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 3020024, 2,24,90,0,0. PROP,EL, 3020024, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,EL, 3020024, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 EL, 302002A,16"STDCB30215,,CODE23,
11,
9, 955
PROP,EL, 302002A, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 302002A, 2,24,90,0,0. PROP,EL, 302002A, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,EL, 302002A, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 EL, 302002B,16"STDCB30215,,CODE23,
8,
6, 956
PROP,EL, 302002B, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 302002B, 2,24,90,0,0. PROP,EL, 302002B, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023
Chapter 8 Interfaces
PROP,EL, 302002B, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 EL, 302003C,16"STDCB30235,,CODE23,
5,
3, 957
PROP,EL, 302003C, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 302003C, 2,24.1421,45,0,0. PROP,EL, 302003C, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,EL, 302003C, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 EL, 302003D,16"STDCB30215,,CODE23,
4,
2, 958
PROP,EL, 302003D, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 302003D, 2,24,90,0,0. PROP,EL, 302003D, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,EL, 302003D, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PI, 5020016,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
19,
18
PROP,PI, 5020016, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5020016, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,PI, 5020016, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PI, 5020018,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
10,
11
PROP,PI, 5020018, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5020018, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,PI, 5020018, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PI, 5020019,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
9,
8
PROP,PI, 5020019, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5020019, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,PI, 5020019, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PI, 502001A,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
6,
7
PROP,PI, 502001A, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 502001A, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,PI, 502001A, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023
37
38
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
PI, 502001B,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
3,
4
PROP,PI, 502001B, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 502001B, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,PI, 502001B, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PI, 502001C,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
2,
1
PROP,PI, 502001C, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 502001C, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,PI, 502001C, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 EL, 302003E,16"STDCB30235,,CODE23,
5,
7, 959
PROP,EL, 302003E, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 302003E, 2,24.1421,45,0,0. PROP,EL, 302003E, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,EL, 302003E, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 EL, 302005A,16"STDCB30215,,CODE23,
19,
21, 960
PROP,EL, 302005A, 1,A234-WPB,0,0,0,0,0,0. PROP,EL, 302005A, 2,24,90,0,0. PROP,EL, 302005A, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,EL, 302005A, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PI, 502005E,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
21,
20
PROP,PI, 502005E, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 502005E, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PROP,PI, 502005E, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020023 PI, 5027531,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
25,
22
PROP,PI, 5027531, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5027531, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020020 PROP,PI, 5027531, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 1020020 PI, 5027532,16"STDCB10075,,CODE23,
15,
12
Chapter 8 Interfaces
PROP,PI, 5027532, 1,API-5L-B,0.0000E+00,0.0000E+00,,0,,0.0000E+00 PROP,PI, 5027532, 3,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 202000F PROP,PI, 5027532, 4,16.,16,BW,0.375,, 202000F LNOD,
27,RE, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
LNOD,
28,RE, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
NODE,
1,
12024.00,
12000.00,
3011.12,
2,
0.00
NODE,
2,
12044.50,
12000.00,
3011.12,
2,
0.00
NODE,
3,
12068.50,
12000.00,
2470.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
4,
12068.50,
12000.00,
2987.12,
2,
0.00
NODE,
5,
12075.57,
12000.00,
2452.93,
2,
0.00
NODE,
6,
12082.64,
12000.00,
1764.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
7,
12082.64,
12000.00,
2435.86,
2,
0.00
NODE,
8,
12106.64,
12000.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
9,
12168.00,
12000.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
10,
12192.00,
11815.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
11,
12192.00,
11976.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
12,
12198.00,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
13,
12210.00,
11911.00,
1594.12,
2,
0.00
NODE,
14,
12210.00,
11911.00,
1632.94,
2,
0.00
NODE,
15,
12210.00,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
16,
12216.00,
11791.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
17,
12228.00,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
18,
12240.00,
11815.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
19,
12240.00,
11887.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
20,
12240.00,
11911.00,
1656.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
21,
12240.00,
11911.00,
1716.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
22,
12252.00,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
39
40
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
NODE,
23,
12270.00,
11911.00,
1594.12,
2,
0.00
NODE,
24,
12270.00,
11911.00,
1632.94,
2,
0.00
NODE,
25,
12270.00,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
26,
12282.00,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
27,
12210.00,
11911.00,
1590.05,
2,
0.00
NODE,
28,
12270.00,
11911.00,
1590.05,
2,
0.00
NODE,
901,
12285.50,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
902,
12194.50,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
903,
12000.00,
12000.00,
2987.12,
2,
0.00
NODE,
904,
12210.00,
11911.00,
1577.18,
2,
0.00
NODE,
905,
12270.00,
11911.00,
1577.18,
2,
0.00
NODE,
951,
12240.00,
11911.00,
1644.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
952,
12000.00,
12000.00,
3011.12,
2,
0.00
NODE,
953,
12240.00,
11791.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
954,
12192.00,
11791.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
955,
12192.00,
12000.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
956,
12082.64,
12000.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
957,
12068.50,
12000.00,
2460.00,
2,
0.00
NODE,
958,
12068.50,
12000.00,
3011.12,
2,
0.00
NODE,
959,
12082.64,
12000.00,
2445.86,
2,
0.00
NODE,
960,
12240.00,
11911.00,
1740.00,
2,
0.00
The .LOG file produced by the CAESAR II translator is shown below, followed by a plot of the job from the CAESAR II input module.
*** CAESAR II / Intergraph Geometry Translator *** INTERGRAPH DATA AS READ IN FOR FILE: P-1002.NEU
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Maximum Temperature and Pressure encountered: Looking for node:
300.0
901
Have sorted element:
1, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
2
0
Element type is: 10
Looking for node:
26
Have sorted element:
2, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
3
0
9
Looking for node:
25
Have sorted element:
3, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
1
0
Element type is: 14
Looking for node:
24
Have sorted element:
4, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
0
9
Looking for node:
23
Have sorted element:
5, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
11
7
0
10
500.0
41
42
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Looking for node:
28
Looking for node:
902
Have sorted element:
6, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
4
0
Element type is: 10 Looking for node:
12
Have sorted element:
7, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
29
0
9
Looking for node:
15
Have sorted element:
8, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
5
0
Element type is: 14
Looking for node:
14
Have sorted element:
9, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
0
9
Looking for node:
13
Have sorted element:
10, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
8
7
0
7
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Looking for node:
27
Looking for node:
903
Have sorted element:
11, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
1
Have sorted element:
12, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
13, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
18
0
5
Looking for node:
4
Have sorted element:
14, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
23
0
9
Looking for node:
3
Have sorted element:
15, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
0
2
Have sorted element:
Element type is:
24
9
Looking for node:
Element type is:
0
5
Looking for node:
Element type is:
12
17
0
5
Looking for node: Have sorted element:
5 16, its location pointer is:
25
43
44
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
5
Looking for node:
7
Have sorted element:
17, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
18, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
0
8
Have sorted element:
19, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
21
0
9
Looking for node:
9
Have sorted element:
20, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
15
0
5
Looking for node:
11
Have sorted element:
21, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
16
5
Looking for node:
Element type is:
0
6
Have sorted element:
Element type is:
22
9
Looking for node:
Element type is:
0
9
0
20
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Looking for node:
10
Have sorted element:
22, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
0
5
Looking for node:
16
Have sorted element:
23, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
5
18
Have sorted element:
24, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: 9
19
Have sorted element:
25, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: 5
21
Have sorted element:
26, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
Looking for node:
26
0
Looking for node:
Element type is:
19
0
Looking for node:
Element type is:
13
0
Looking for node:
Element type is:
14
9
20
0
27
45
46
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Have sorted element:
27, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is:
9
0
Element type is: 13
Looking for node:
22
Have sorted element:
28, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
1
9
Looking for node:
25
Looking for node:
17
Have sorted element:
29, its location pointer is:
Number of “resume” nodes is: Element type is:
Looking for node:
28
9
15
0
6
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Intergraph Data After Element Sort
47
48
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Intergraph Data After TEE/Cross Modifications
Chapter 8 Interfaces
49
(End nodes replaced with center point, and TEE/CROSS element removed. Modifications also performed on 3 & 4 way valves.)
Intergraph Data After Valve Modifications
50
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
(Flange lengths added to valve lengths.)
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
11
NODES:
1
903
BEND ELEMENT
:
11
NODES:
903
1
EXITING ELEMENT :
12
NODES:
1
2
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
11
NODE:
1
X, Y, Z =
12024.00
3011.12 -12000.00
NODE:
903
X, Y, Z =
12000.00
2987.12 -12000.00
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
12
NODE:
1
X, Y, Z =
12024.00
3011.12 -12000.00
NODE:
2
X, Y, Z =
12044.50
3011.12 -12000.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
1
X, Y, Z =
12000.00
3011.12 -12000.00
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
13
NODES:
4
2
BEND ELEMENT
:
13
NODES:
2
4
EXITING ELEMENT :
14
NODES:
4
3
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
13
NODE:
4
X, Y, Z =
12068.50
2987.12 -12000.00
NODE:
2
X, Y, Z =
12044.50
3011.12 -12000.00
Chapter 8 Interfaces
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
14
NODE:
4
X, Y, Z =
12068.50
2987.12 -12000.00
NODE:
3
X, Y, Z =
12068.50
2470.00 -12000.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
4
X, Y, Z =
12068.50
3011.12 -12000.00
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
15
NODES:
5
3
BEND ELEMENT
:
15
NODES:
3
5
EXITING ELEMENT :
16
NODES:
5
7
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
15
NODE:
5
X, Y, Z =
12075.57
2452.93 -12000.00
NODE:
3
X, Y, Z =
12068.50
2470.00 -12000.00
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
16
NODE:
5
X, Y, Z =
12075.57
2452.93 -12000.00
NODE:
7
X, Y, Z =
12082.64
2435.86 -12000.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
5
X, Y, Z =
12068.50
2460.00 -12000.00
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
16
NODES:
7
5
BEND ELEMENT
:
16
NODES:
5
7
EXITING ELEMENT :
17
NODES:
7
6
51
52
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
16
NODE:
7
X, Y, Z =
12082.64
2435.86 -12000.00
NODE:
5
X, Y, Z =
12068.50
2460.00 -12000.00
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
17
NODE:
7
X, Y, Z =
12082.64
2435.86 -12000.00
NODE:
6
X, Y, Z =
12082.64
1764.00 -12000.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
7
X, Y, Z =
12082.64
2445.86 -12000.00
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
18
NODES:
8
6
BEND ELEMENT
:
18
NODES:
6
8
EXITING ELEMENT :
19
NODES:
8
9
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
18
NODE:
8
X, Y, Z =
12106.64
1740.00 -12000.00
NODE:
6
X, Y, Z =
12082.64
1764.00 -12000.00
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
19
NODE:
8
X, Y, Z =
12106.64
1740.00 -12000.00
NODE:
9
X, Y, Z =
12168.00
1740.00 -12000.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
8
X, Y, Z =
12082.64
1740.00 -12000.00
Chapter 8 Interfaces
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
20
NODES:
11
9
BEND ELEMENT
:
20
NODES:
9
11
EXITING ELEMENT :
21
NODES:
11
10
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
20
NODE:
11
X, Y, Z =
12192.00
1740.00 -11976.00
NODE:
9
X, Y, Z =
12168.00
1740.00 -12000.00
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
21
NODE:
11
X, Y, Z =
12192.00
1740.00 -11976.00
NODE:
10
X, Y, Z =
12192.00
1740.00 -11815.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
11
X, Y, Z =
12192.00
1740.00 -12000.00
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
22
NODES:
16
10
BEND ELEMENT
:
22
NODES:
10
16
EXITING ELEMENT :
23
NODES:
16
18
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
22
NODE:
16
X, Y, Z =
12216.00
1740.00 -11791.00
NODE:
10
X, Y, Z =
12192.00
1740.00 -11815.00
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT: NODE:
16
X, Y, Z =
23 12216.00
1740.00 -11791.00
53
54
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
NODE:
18
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1740.00 -11815.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
16
X, Y, Z =
12192.00
1740.00 -11791.00
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
23
NODES:
18
16
BEND ELEMENT
:
23
NODES:
16
18
EXITING ELEMENT :
24
NODES:
18
19
CURRENT COORDINATES FOR ELEMENT:
23
NODE:
18
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1740.00 -11815.00
NODE:
16
X, Y, Z =
12192.00
1740.00 -11791.00
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
24
NODE:
18
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1740.00 -11815.00
NODE:
19
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1740.00 -11887.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
18
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1740.00 -11791.00
** BEND MODIFICATION START ** INCOMING ELEMENT:
25
NODES:
21
19
BEND ELEMENT
:
25
NODES:
19
21
EXITING ELEMENT :
26
NODES:
21
951
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
25
Chapter 8 Interfaces
NODE:
21
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1716.00 -11911.00
NODE:
19
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1740.00 -11887.00
CURRENT COORDINTES FOR ELEMENT:
26
NODE:
21
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1716.00 -11911.00
NODE:
951
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1644.00 -11911.00
— COMPUTED TANGENT INTERSECTION POINT — NODE:
21
X, Y, Z =
12240.00
1740.00 -11911.00
55
56
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Intergraph Data After Bend Modifications
Chapter 8 Interfaces
57
58
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
(Far Weld Line Nodal coordinates changed to Tangent Intersection Point coordinates)
DATA FOR PROPERTY ARRAY WITH # ENTRIES = 5
LOCATIONS 1-11
LOCATIONS 1, 12-20
*** CAESAR II INTERPRETED GEOMETRY DATA ***
*** CAESAR II INTERPRETED PROPERTY DATA ***
Part 1
*** CAESAR II INTERPRETED PROPERTY DATA ***
Part 2
Chapter 8 Interfaces
59
60
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Chapter 8 Interfaces
61
62
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Chapter 8 Interfaces
The CAESAR II job file name is P-1002_A Y Starting generation of CAESAR II input file for: 28 elements 9 Bends 2 Rigids 2 Restraints Conversion of data to CAESAR II completed
63
64
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
PRO-ISO Interface The interface between CAESAR II and PRO-ISO is a one way transfer of the geometry data from PRO-ISO to CAESAR II. The geometry data consists of the pipe lengths, diameters, thicknesses, connectivities, and node numbers. All nodal specific quantities (restraints, loads, displacements, etc.) must be added to the CAESAR II input file in the usual manner by the user. Select the PRO-ISO option from the TOOLS/EXTERNAL INTERFACES menu and enter the name of the PRO-ISO neutral file. Once the user specifies the name of the file (without an extension), the transfer process occurs and the interface program prompts for another neutral file name. This is an endless cycle until the user presses the Cancel button. The neutral files generated by the interface will have the suffixes .PI1 and .PI2. The neutral files read by the interface program must be generated by the PRO-ISO program. Details of this step can be found in the PRO-ISO documentation. The PRO-ISO neutral files must be transferred into the CAESAR II directory so that they are available to the interface program. The interface program reads the PRO-ISO neutral files and generates the CAESAR II input file and a log file of the transfer process. Users should check the data in both the CAESAR II input file and the log file for consistency and any assumptions made by the interface. The data transferred (and the data structure) is described below. In the first file, a record is required for each piece of pipe in the system. A “pipe” in this sense is an entity between two nodes, which could be a pipe, or a rigid element. There are 12 values per entry, where all values must be specified. Field 1 - ELMT This is the pipe element number, which may correspond to an entry in the second file. This is also the pipe/element number in the model. These values should be sequential from 1. Field 2 - N1 This is the “FROM” node number, i.e. the starting node for the element. These values must be greater than zero and less than 32000. Field 3 - N2 This is the “TO” node number, i.e. the ending node for the element. These values must be greater than zero and less than 32000. Field 4 - DX This is the “delta X” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “X” direction. Field 5 - DY This is the “delta Y” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “Y” direction. In CAESAR II, “Y” is vertical. Field 6 - DZ This is the “delta Z” dimension for the element. This is the distance between N1 and N2 in the “Z” direction.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
65
Field 7 - DIAM This is the pipe outer diameter. Field 8 - THK This is the pipe wall thickness. Field 9 - ANCH This is a restraint (support) indicator flag. If ANCH is 1, then there is a restraint on N1. If ANCH is 2, then there is a restraint on N2. The type of restraint can be obtained from the second file. Field 10 - BND This field indicates the presence of a bend at the N2 end of the element. If BND is 1, there is a bend at N2. If BND is 0, this is a straight pipe. Field 11 - BRAD This field is used to specify the bend radius if the bend is not a long radius bend. The value here should be the desired bend radius. Field 12 - RIGD This field is a flag used to indicate that the current element is a rigid element. The weight of the element can be obtained from the second file. Records in the second file are only necessary when additional data is required. This means there will always be a record in the second file for pipe element #1 (this could be the only entry in the file). Any additional entries will contain some type of change to data normally duplicated forward by CAESAR II. Field 1 - ELMT This is the pipe element number, which corresponds to an entry in the first file. This is also a pipe/element number in the model. These numbers are sequential from 1. Field 2 - TEMP1 This is the operating temperature for load case 1, found by scanning the PRO-ISO data for the maximum temperature. Field 3 - PRESS1 This is the operating pressure for load case 1, found by scanning the PRO-ISO data for the maximum pressure. Field 4 - RGDWGT This value is the weight of rigid elements. This entry is only required if the “RIGID” flag was set in the first file. Field 5 - TEEFLG
66
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
This value indicates the “TEE” type. 1 - reinforced 2 - unreinforced 3 - welding tee 4 - sweepolet 5 - weldolet 6 - extruded welding tee Field 6 - RESTYP This value is the restraint (support) type indicator. Type values are: 0 - anchor 1 - double acting X 2 - double acting Y 3 - double acting Z 4 - double acting RX 5 - double acting RY 6 - double acting RZ Field 7 - RINFO1 Data for supports, by default, the restraint stiffness. Field 8 - RINFO2 Data for supports, by default, the restraint gap. Field 9 - RINFO3 Data for supports, by default, the restraint friction coefficient. Field 10 - MATID The CAESAR II material ID value. Note that if the coefficient of expansion is to be changed, it should be entered in the Temperature field above (Field 2). Field 11 - EMOD The value of Young’s modulus.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Field 12 - POIS The value of Poisson’s ratio. Field 13 - GAMMA The weight density of the material. Field 14 - INSTHK The insulation thickness. Field 15 - INSWGT The weight density of the insulation material. Field 16 - FLDWGT The weight density of the pipe contents (fluid). Field 17 - TEENOD The element node number where there is a tee. Field 18 - (Placeholder for future development.) Field 19 - (Placeholder for future development.) Field 20 - (Placeholder for future development.)
67
68
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
PRO-ISO Example Transfer Listed below are example neutral files produced by the PRO-ISO program. Note that the field width for each value is actually 13 characters. The figures below have been compressed for this documentation.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
69
As the interface runs, status messages are displayed on the user’s terminal for informative purposes. Once the transfer is complete, the user should review the .LOG file generated to insure that there are no unexplained errors or warnings. The .LOG file generated for the above neutral files is listed next.
*** CAESAR II / ADEV Geometry Translator *** ADEV data as read in for GEOMETRY file: TEST1.PI1 PROPERTY file: TEST1.PI2 Starting read of CAD
neutral files.
CAD
geometry successfully read.
CAD
properties successfully read.
*** C A E S A R I I
INTERPRETED GEOMETRY DATA ***
70
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
*** C A E S A R II INTERPRETED PROPERTY DATA *** Part 1
*** C A E S A R II INTERPRETED PROPERTY DATA *** Part 2
Data transferred to CAESAR II array structures. The CAESAR II job file name is: TEST1._A Starting generation of CAESAR II input file for: 15 Elements 2 Bends 1 Rigids 5 Restraints Conversion of data to CAESAR II completed.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
71
Checking the PRO-ISO/CAESAR II Data Transfer It is very important that the resulting CAESAR II input file be verified by the user. The first step in the verification process is the review of the log file to see if any errors or warnings were generated. (The .LOG file is a standard ASCII text file which can be printed on the system printer or scanned with a text editor.) The second step is to enter the input mode of the CAESAR II program and plot the model. The CAESAR II plot for the above example is shown in the following figure.
72
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
PCF Interface The PCF file format is a standard drawing exchange format developed by Alias Ltd. The PCF file is a flat text file, containing detailed information about the piping system components, as extracted from a CAD system. The CAESAR II PCF interface can read in a PCF file, and generate a CAESAR II input file from the acquired information. Details on the format of the PCF file, and its capabilities can be obtained from Alias. To invoke the PCF Interface select TOOLS/PCF from the CAESAR II Main Menu. A dialog box like the one below will appear. Explanations of each field are provided following the figure.
File Name This is the full path name to the neutral file, which must include the file suffix. On startup, this field is filled with the current data path. You can manually add a file name to the end of this string, or use the Browse button to search for a neutral file.
Browse This button invokes a standard file selection dialog box from which you can search for the desired neutral file. The top of this dialog contains controls for switching directories or drives, while the bottom of this dialog contains a control to switch between the neutral file suffix types (.N or .NEU).
Starting Node Number This edit box allows you to specify the starting node number in the resulting CAESAR II model. The entire model will be renumbered (by default) using this value as the starting point for the model. To disable renumbering, this value must be set to zero (as well as the node number increment).
Chapter 8 Interfaces
73
Node Number Increment This edit box allows you to specify the value used as a node number increment, employed during the renumbering of the model. To disable renumbering, this value must be set to zero (as well as the starting node number.
Condense Tees This option instructs the software NOT to treat tees as 3 elements, condensing them down to a point. In either case, the SIF is applied at the tee node. Using 3 elements allows pipe properties of the tee to differ from the attached piping.
Condense Elbows This option instructs the software NOT to treat elbows as 2 elements, one element for each direction the elbow travels in.
Condense Connected Rigids This option instructs the software to combine rigids that connect to each other into a single element.
Assume Standard Schedule This option instructs the software to compute, wall thicknesses based on the diameter of the pipe and standard schedule. Without this option, no wall thickness will be specified (for the JIS pipe specification, this option assumes Sch 40).
Model Rotation This group of radio buttons is used to specify the rotation of the model about the Y axis. The default is zero which leaves the model alone. The +90 button rotates the model a positive 90 degrees, while the -90 button rotates the model a negative 90 degrees. (Note, the Y axis is vertical in CAESAR II.)
74
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Generic Neutral Files CAESAR II Neutral File Interface The general neutral file can be used to send data either in to or out of the standard CAESAR II binary input file, otherwise known as the _A file. The name of the file used or generated by this interface is the CAESAR II jobname with the extension .CII. The intent of this interface is to allow users access to any particular data item from an _A input file, to enable a complete _A file to be built from a CAD program, and to allow CAESAR II input data to be used for other analysis purposes. Users implementing this interface should be warned that the content and format described in this section is subject to change, as a function of the enhancements made to the CAESAR II program. Every effort will be made to keep such “drastic” changes to a minimum. The CAESAR II neutral file, henceforth referred to as the .CII file, is divided into sections which organize the piping data in logical groupings. Each major section is discussed below. Details of each item are discussed to the right of the page. Section divisions are denoted in the neutral file by the ‘#$’ character sequence found in columns 1 & 2. The token following the ‘#$’ character sequence is a section identifier, used by the program for data sequencing purposes, and to aid the user in reading the neutral file. Several third-party CAD programs, such as AVEVA’s PDMS and Jacobus’ Plant Space also support this neutral file. For each item listed on the following pages, the necessary FORTRAN format for the input/output is provided. The following variables are used in dimensioning arrays: N1—Base memory allocation quantity, used to set array sizes. For example, if N1=2,000, your neutral file can handle up to 2,000 elements. N2—1/2 N1 N3—1/3 N1 N4—1/4 N1 N5—1/5 N1 N6—N1/13.33
Chapter 8 Interfaces
75
Version and Job Title Information #$ VERSION. This is the section division header. The #$ and space are required, as well as the word VERSION, all in capital letters. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 4G13.6) to write the values of the following variables on the first line of the neutral file: GVERSION is the version of the neutral file interface being used. This corresponds to the major version number of CAESAR II, i.e. 4 for 4.x. RVERSION is the specific CAESAR II version generating this file, i.e. 4.50. SPARE are unused (at this time) locations on the record. The next 60 lines of 75 characters each are reserved for the CAESAR II title-page text. Use FORTRAN format (2X, A75). The last line of the job title array, if found to be blank, is set by this transfer program. The text that is set here indicates that the file was created by this interface.
Control Information #$ CONTROL. This is the section division header. The #$ and space are required, as well as the word CONTROL, in capital letters. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 4I13) to write the values of the following variables on the next line of the neutral file: NUMELT is the number of piping elements (spreadsheets) in the input file. NUMNOZ is the number of nozzles in the input file. NOHGRS is the number of spring hangers in the input file. NONAM is the number of Node Name data blocks in the input file. NORED is the number of reducers in the input file. Next, write 11-members of the array (IAUXAU) that contains the number of auxiliary data types used in the input file, followed by the vertical axis indicator. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6I13). These 11 values from the IAUXAU array are the following: 1
The number of bend auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
2
The number of rigid-element auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
3
The number of expansion-joint auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
4
The number of restraint auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
5
The number of displacement auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
6
The number of force/moment auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
7
The number of uniform-load auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
8
The number of wind-load auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
9
The number of element-offset auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
10 The number of allowable-stress auxiliary data blocks in the input file.
76
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
11 The number of intersection auxiliary data blocks in the input file. IZUP flag. Equal to 0 for the global -Y axis vertical, equal to 1 for the global -Z axis vertical.
Basic Element Data #$ ELEMENTS. This is the section division header. The #$ and space are required, as well as the word ELEMENTS, all in capital letters. This section of the file contains integer and real data for each element in the input file. The data are organized as such: 1
real values for element “i”
2
integer values for element “i”
3
real values for element “i+1”
4
integer values for element “i+1”
These real and integer values are stored in arrays, described as follows: A 36-member array (REL) contains the real basic-element data. The REL array is dimensioned (N1,36). Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following 36 items on the appropriate six lines of the neutral file. 1
FROM node number
2
TO node number
3
Delta X
4
Delta Y
5
Delta Z
6
Diameter (value stored here is actual OD)
7
Wall Thickness (actual)
8
Insulation Thickness
9
Corrosion Allowance
10 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #1 (or Temperature #1) 11 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #2 (or Temperature #2) 12 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #3 (or Temperature #3) 13 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #4 (or Temperature #4) 14 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #5 (or Temperature #5) 15 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #6 (or Temperature #6) 16 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #7 (or Temperature #7) 17 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #8 (or Temperature #8) 18 Thermal Expansion Coefficient #9 (or Temperature #9) 19 Pressure #1 20 Pressure #2
Chapter 8 Interfaces
77
21 Pressure #3 22 Pressure #4 23 Pressure #5 24 Pressure #6 25 Pressure #7 26 Pressure #8 27 Pressure #9 28 Elastic Modulus 29 Poisson’s Ratio 30 Pipe Density 31 Insulation Density 32 Fluid Density 33 Plus Mill Tolerance 34 Minus Mill Tolerance 35 Seam Weld (1=Yes, 0=No) 36 Hydro Pressure Non-specified real values are assigned a value of 0.0 by this interface. If the delta coordinates are not specified, they default to zero. If the To/From fields are not specified, it is considered an error. A 18-member array (IEL) contains the pointers to the auxiliary data arrays. The IEL array is dimensioned (N1,18). NOTE, at this time, only 13 of the members of this array are utilized! Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6I13) to write the values of the following 13 items on the next two lines of the neutral file. 1
Pointer to Bend Auxiliary field. This indicates where in the bend auxiliary array the bend data for the current element can be found.
2
Pointer to Rigid Element Auxiliary field.
3
Pointer to Expansion Joint Auxiliary field.
4
Pointer to Restraint Auxiliary field.
5
Pointer to Displacement Auxiliary field.
6
Pointer to Force/Moment Auxiliary field.
7
Pointer to Uniform Load Auxiliary field.
8
Pointer to Wind Load Auxiliary field.
9
Pointer to Element Offset Auxiliary field.
10 Pointer to Allowable Stress Auxiliary field. 11 Pointer to Intersection Auxiliary field.
78
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
12 Pointer to Node Name Auxiliary field. 13 Pointer to Reducer Auxiliary field.
A pointer value of zero should be used where there is no auxiliary data of a particular type associated with the current element.
Auxiliary Element Data #$ AUX_DATA. This is the section division header. The #$ and space are required, as well as the word AUX_DATA, all in capital letters. This section of the file contains the auxiliary data corresponding to the elements. This data is arranged in the same order as the IAUXAU array described previously. For example, if IAUXAU(1) contains a 3, then there are 3 bends in the model, and their data is found next in the neutral file. Also assume that IAUXAU(2) contains a 5, then there are 5 rigid elements in the model and their data follows the bend data. Each set of auxiliary data is separated by a sub-section header. If a particular value in IAUXAU is zero, then only the subsection header is written to the neutral file. The data storage for these arrays is allocated at run time, based on the available free system memory. These arrays are allocated proportionally, as a percentage of the number of elements allowed. Four proportions are used: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, and 1/5. These proportions correspond to the variables: N2, N3, N4, and N5. Maintaining these proportions ensures that the neutral file reader can accept the file. #$ NODENAME. This is the subsection header that defines the start of Node Name data. (In order to maintain downward compatibility, this section is optional.) The data for each element set of node names in the input file is listed here. A two-member array (NAM) defines each set of node names. The NAM array is dimensioned (N6, 2). Use FORTRAN format (2X, A10, 16X, A10) to read first the character name of the FROM node and then that of the TO node. #$ BEND. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the bend data. The data for each bend in the input file is listed here. An 11-member array (BND) defines each bend. The BND array is dimensioned (N3,11). Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following 11 items on the next two lines of the neutral file. 1
bend radius
2
type: 1 - single flange 2 - double flange 0 or blank - welded
3
angle to node position #1
4
node number at position #1
5
angle to node position #2
6
node number at position #2
7
angle to node position #3
8
node number at position #3
9
number of miter cuts
Chapter 8 Interfaces
79
10 fitting thickness of bend if different from the pipe 11 Seam Weld (1=Yes, 0=No) #$ RIGID. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the rigid data. The data for each rigid in the input file is listed here. A single-element array (RIG) for each rigid. The RIG array is dimensioned (N3,1). The single element of the array represents the rigid weight. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the value. #$ EXPJT. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the expansion joint data. The data for each expansion joint in the input file is listed here. The EXP array is dimensioned (N5,5). Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following five items on the next line of the neutral file. 1
axial stiffness
2
transverse stiffness
3
bending stiffness
4
torsional stiffness
5
effective inside bellows diameter
#$ RESTRANT. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the restraint data. The data for each restraint auxiliary data block in the input file is listed here. The RES array is dimensioned (N2,36). Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following nine items on the next two lines of the neutral file. These nine items are repeated four times for the four possible restraints defined in the auxiliary data block. This will require two lines in the neutral file for each restraint specification, which means eight lines total for each restraint auxiliary. 1
restraint node number
2
restraint type (see additional notes to follow)
3
restraint stiffness
4
restraint gap
5
restraint friction coefficient
6
restraint connecting node
7
X direction cosine
8
Y direction cosine
9
Z direction cosine
80
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Note:
Items 3-9 may change based on the value of the restraint type. See the help text for details on this.
The restraint type is an integer value whose valid range is from 1 to 62. The 62 possible restraint types are
Chapter 8 Interfaces
81
#$ DISPLMNT. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the displacement data. The data for each displacement auxiliary data block in the input file is listed here. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following 55 items on the next lines of the neutral file. The DIS array is dimensioned (N3,110). This will require ten lines in the neutral file for each displacement specification, which means 20 lines total for each displacement auxiliary.
82
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
These 55 items are repeated 2 times for the two possible displacements defined on the auxiliary. Note: Unspecified displacement values (i.e., free-displacement degrees of freedom) are designated through the use of a value of 9999.99. #$ FORCMNT. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the force/moment data. The data for each force/moment auxiliary data block in the input file is listed here. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following 55 items on the next ten lines of the neutral file. The FOR array is dimensioned (N3,38). This will require ten lines in the neutral file for each force/moment specification, which means 20 lines total for each force/moment auxiliary data block.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
83
#$ UNIFORM. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the uniform load data. The data for each uniform load in the input file is listed here. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following 9 items on the next two lines of the neutral file. The UNI array is dimensioned (N5,9). This will require two lines in the neutral file for each uniform load auxiliary data block. {vector 1 & 2} {vector 3}
UX1
UY1 UZ1
UX3
UY3 UZ3
UX2 UY2 UZ2
#$ WIND. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the wind/wave data. The data for each wind/wave specification in the input file is listed here. The WIND array is dimensioned (N5,5). Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the set of values on the next line of the neutral file. This will require a single line in the neutral file for each wind auxiliary. The five data items on each line are as follows: 1
entry type (0.0 for Wind, 1.0 for Wave, 2.0 for Off)
2
wind shape factor or wave drag coefficient
3
wave added mass coefficient
4
wave lift coefficient
5
wave marine growth
#$ OFFSETS. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the element offset data. The data for each offset pipe in the input file is listed here. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following six items on the next line of the neutral file. The OFF array is dimensioned (N5,6). This will require a single line in the neutral file for each offset auxiliary. 1
element FROM node offset in X direction
2
element FROM node offset in Y direction
3
element FROM node offset in Z direction
4
element TO node offset in X direction
5
element TO node offset in Y direction
6
element TO node offset in Z direction
84
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
#$ ALLOWBLS. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the allowable stress data. The data for each allowable spec in the input file is listed here. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following 108 items on the next eighteen lines of the neutral file. The ALL array is dimensioned (N5,108). This will require eighteen lines in the neutral file for each allowable auxiliary. 1
cold allowable stress
2
hot allowable for thermal case #1
3
hot allowable for thermal case #2
4
hot allowable for thermal case #3
5
code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #1
6
code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #2
7
code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #3
8
Eff.
9
Sy
10 fac 11 Pmax 12 piping code id 13 hot allowable for thermal case #4 14 hot allowable for thermal case #5 15 hot allowable for thermal case #6 16 hot allowable for thermal case #7 17 hot allowable for thermal case #8 18 hot allowable for thermal case #9 19 code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #4 20 code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #5 21 code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #6 22 code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #7 23 code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #8 24 code cyclic reduction factor for thermal case #9 25 cycles for BW (butt-weld) fatigue pair #1 26 cycles for BW fatigue pair #2 27 cycles for BW fatigue pair #3 28 cycles for BW fatigue pair #4 29 cycles for BW fatigue pair #5
Chapter 8 Interfaces
30 cycles for BW fatigue pair #6 31 cycles for BW fatigue pair #7 32 cycles for BW fatigue pair #8 33 stress for BW fatigue pair #1 34 stress for BW fatigue pair #2 35 stress for BW fatigue pair #3 36 stress for BW fatigue pair #4 37 stress for BW fatigue pair #5 38 stress for BW fatigue pair #6 39 stress for BW fatigue pair #7 40 stress for BW fatigue pair #8 41 cycles for FW (fillet-weld) fatigue pair #1 42 cycles for FW fatigue pair #2 43 cycles for FW fatigue pair #3 44 cycles for FW fatigue pair #4 45 cycles for FW fatigue pair #5 46 cycles for FW fatigue pair #6 47 cycles for FW fatigue pair #7 48 cycles for FW fatigue pair #8 49 stress for FW fatigue pair #1 50 stress for FW fatigue pair #2 51 stress for FW fatigue pair #3 52 stress for FW fatigue pair #4 53 stress for FW fatigue pair #5 54 stress for FW fatigue pair #6 55 stress for FW fatigue pair #7 56 stress for FW fatigue pair #8
85
86
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Items 57 through 108 are for the TD/12 piping code.
Some of these items (notably 8-24) may have various meanings based on the active piping code. #$ SIF&TEES. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the SIF/TEE data. The data for each SIF/TEE spec in the input file is listed here. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following 30 items, for each of the two tees that can be specified on the dialog. The SIF array is dimensioned (N4,60). This will require five lines in the neutral file for each SIF/TEE specified, which means ten lines total for each auxiliary. 1
intersection node number
2
intersection type code, if not specified this auxiliary is only used to specify SIFs
3
SIF, in plane
4
SIF, out of plane
5
Weld id
6
Fillet
7
Pad thk
8
FTG Ro
9
crotch
10 weld id 11 B1 12 B2 Items 13 - 30 are for the TD/12 piping code. #$ REDUCER. This is the subsection header that defines the start of the REDUCER data. The data for each REDUCER spec in the input file is listed here. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6) to write the values of the following 5 items on the next line of the neutral file. The RED array is dimensioned (N6,5). This will require one line in the neutral file for each REDUCER specified. 1
2nd diameter of the reducer
2
2nd thickness of the reducer
3
alpha angle of the reducer
4
R1 value of the reducer for the TD/12 piping code
5
R2 value of the reducer for the TD/12 piping code
Chapter 8 Interfaces
87
These values are repeated for the second intersection specification.
Miscellaneous Data Group #1 #$ MISCEL_1. This is the section division header. The #$ and space are required, as well as the word MISCEL_1, all in capital letters. The data in this group consists of the material id (RRMAT) for each element in the input file, the nozzle data (VFLEX), the hanger data, and the execution options. Material ID. The first array in this section (RRMAT) contains the material id number for each element in the input file. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6). The RRMAT array is dimensioned (N1). The material ids range from 1 to 699 ( See the User’s Guide for details). The number of lines required to write the RRMAT array in the neutral file is determined by the following FORTRAN routine: NLINES = NUMELT / 6 IF( MOD(NUMELT,6) .NE. 0 ) THEN NLINES = NLINES + 1 ENDIF Nozzles. The next set of data describes the flexible (WRC-297, PD-5500, API 650) nozzles in the input file. Note:
9999.99 represents infinity.
Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6). The nozzle (VFLEX) contains 16 values for each nozzle in the input. This will require four lines in the neutral WRC-297, PD-5500, and/or API 650 spreadsheet. The VFLEX array is dimensioned (N6, 16).
For WRC-297 nozzles, the 16 items are 1
Nozzle Node Number
2
Vessel Node Number (optional)
3
Nozzle type indicator (-1.0101 = 297, 1.0 = 650)
4
Nozzle Outside Diameter (in.)
5
Nozzle Wall Thickness (in.)
6
Vessel Outside Diameter (in.)
7
Vessel Wall Thickness (in.)
8
Vessel Reinforcing Pad Thickness (in.)
88
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
9
Spare (not used)
10 Dist. to stiffeners or head (in.) (9999.99 = ì) 11 Dist. to opposite side stiffeners or head (in.) (9999.99 = ì) 12 Vessel centerline direction vector X 13 Vessel centerline direction vector Y 14 Vessel centerline direction vector Z 15 Vessel Temperature (optional) (°F) 16 Vessel Material # (optional)(1-17)
For PD-5500 nozzles, the 16 items are 1
Nozzle Node Number
2
Vessel Node Number (optional)
3
Nozzle type indicator (2.0-5500)
4
Vessel Type (0-Cylinder, 1-Sphere)
5
Nozzle Outside Diameter (in.)
6
Vessel Outside Diameter (in.)
7
Vessel Wall Thickness (in.)
8
Vessel Reinforcing Pad Thickness (in.)
9
Spare (not used)
10 Dist. to stiffeners or head (in.) (9999.99 = ì) 11 Dist. to opposite side stiffeners or head (in.) (9999.99 = ì) 12 Vessel centerline direction vector X 13 Vessel centerline direction vector Y 14 Vessel centerline direction vector Z 15 Vessel Temperature (optional) (°F) 16 Vessel Material # (optional) (1-17)
For API 650 nozzles, the 16 items are 1
Nozzle Node Number
2
Vessel Node Number (optional)
3
Nozzle type indicator (1.0 = 650)
4
Nozzle Outside Diameter (in.)
5
Nozzle Wall Thickness (in.)
6
Vessel Outside Diameter (in.)
7
Vessel Wall Thickness (in.)
Chapter 8 Interfaces
8
Spare (not used)
9
Reinforcing on 1 - shell, or 2 - nozzle
89
10 Height of nozzle centerline (in.) 11 Height of tank fluid (in.) 12 Not Used 13 Specific gravity of fluid 14 Thermal expansion coefficient (in/in/deg) 15 Delta Temperature (°F) 16 Elastic Modulus (psi) Hangers. The next set of data describes the spring hangers in the input file. Some of the hanger data listed below represent uninitialized data. In the instances where this uninitialized data represent infinite values (such as maximum travel limit and available space) it is reported here as 9999.99. The next line contains values for the following parameters in FORTRAN format (2X, I13, 5G13.6): IDFTABLE is the default hanger table. DEFVAR is the default for allowed load variation. DEFRIG is the default for rigid support displacement criteria. DEFMXTRAVEL is the default for maximum allowed travel. DEFSHTSPR is the default for allowing short range springs (0=no 1=yes). DEFMUL is the default multi load case design option. The next line contains values for the following parameters in FORTRAN format (2X, 5I13): IDFOPER is the default # of hanger design operating cases (always 1) IACTCLD is the default cold load calculation switch (0=no, 1=yes). IHGRLDS is the number of hanger operating loads (0 -3). IACTUAL is the load case defining actual cold loads. IMULTIOPTS is the multiple load case design option (1-7). An array of hanger node numbers (IHGRNODE) is read/written for each hanger in the input file and is dimensioned (N5). There will be seven lines in the neutral file for this data, if all N5 hangers are specified. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6I13). A 10-element array (HGRDAT) is read/written for each hanger in the input file. The HGRDAT array is dimensioned (10,N5). Each hanger in the model will require two lines in the neutral file. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6). 1
hanger stiffness
2
allowable load variation
3
rigid support displacement criteria
4
allowed space for hanger
5
cold load #1 (theoretical)
6
hot load #1 (initialize to 0.0)
90
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
7
user defined operating load f/ variable springs (init to 0.0)
8
maximum allowed travel limit
9
multiple load case design option
10 hanger constant effort support load A four-element array (IHGRFREE) is read/written for each hanger in the input file. The IHGRFREE array is dimensioned ( 4,N5). Each hanger in the file will require one line in the neutral file.
Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6I13). 1
anchor node to be freed (#1)
2
anchor node to be freed (#2)
3
d.o.f. type for #1 (1-free Y, 2-free XY, 3-free ZY, 4-free X, Y, Z, 5-free all)
4
d.o.f. type for #2
Chapter 8 Interfaces
91
An array (IHGRNUM) lists the number of hangers at this location, for each hanger in the input file. There will be one entry here for every hanger in the file. The IHGRNUM array is dimensioned (N5). There will be seven lines in the neutral file for this data, if all N5 hangers are specified. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6I13). An array (IHGRTABLE) listing the hanger table numbers for each hanger in the input file. There will be one entry here for every hanger in the file. The IHGRTABLE is dimensioned (N5). There will be seven lines in the neutral file for this data, if all N5 hangers are specified. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6I13). An array of flags (IHGRSHORT) indicates if short range springs can be used at each hanger location. The IHGRSHORT array is dimensioned (N5). There will be seven lines in the neutral file for this data. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6I13). 0 = can’t use short range springs 1 = can use short range springs An array of connecting node numbers (IHGRCN) is available for each hanger. The IHGRCN array is dimensioned (N5). There will be seven lines in the neutral file for this data, if all N5 hangers are specified. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 6I13). Execution Options. The next section of data defines the execution options used by the program. Use FORTRAN format (2X, 4I13, G13.6, I13). This will require three lines in the neutral file. These values are Print forces on rigids and expansion joints 0=no, 1=yes Print alphas & pipe props. during error checking 0=no, 1=yes Activate Bourdon Pressure Effects 0, 1, or 2 Activate Branch Error and Coordinate Prompts 0=no, 1=yes Thermal Bowing Delta Temperature degrees Use Liberal Stress Allowable 0=no, 1=yes For the following data, use FORTRAN format: (2X, I13, 2G13.6, 3I13): Uniform Load Input in g’’s 0=no, 1=yes Stress Stiffening due to Pressure 0, 1, 2 Ambient Temperature (If not 70.00 deg F ) degrees FRP Expansion * 1,000,000 len/len/deg Optimizer 0-Both, 1-CuthillMcKee, 2-Collins Next Node Selection 0-Decreasing, 1-Increasing For the following data, use FORTRAN format (2X, 4I13, G13.6, I13): Final Ordering 0-Reversed, 1-Not Reversed Collins Ordering 0-Band, 1-No. of Coefficients Degree Determination 0-Connections, 1-Band User Control 0-None, 1-Allow User Re-Looping FRP Shear ratio Laminate type
92
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Units Conversion Data #$ UNITS. This is the section division header. The #$ and space are required, as well as the word UNITS. The data in this section defines both the conversion constants as well as the conversion labels. The conversion constants are all REAL*4 values in FORTRAN format (2X, 6G13.6). This will require four lines in the neutral file. The following are character definitions for the labels: CNVLEN is the length conversion. CNVFOR is the force conversion. CNVMAS is the mass conversion. CNVMIN is the moment (input) conversion. CNVMOU is the moment (output) conversion. CNVSTR is the stress conversion. CNVTSC is the temperature conversion. CNVTOF is the temperature offset. CNVPRE is the pressure conversion. CNVYM is Young’s modulus conversion. CNVPDN is the pipe density conversion. CNVIDN is the insulation density conversion. CNVFDN is the fluid density conversion. CNVTSF is the translational stiffness conversion. CNVUNI is the uniform load conversion. CNVWND is the wind load conversion CNVELE is the elevation conversion CNVCLN is the compound length conversion CNVDIA is the diameter conversion CNVTHK is the wall thickness conversion Next, enter the following units’ labels, one per line, in the format given in the label descriptions. This will require 24 lines in the neutral file. CCVNAME - name of the units used, i.e. english, si, ..(CHARACTER*15) CCVNOM - “on” or “off” and tells PREPIP whether or not nominal diameters are allowed (CHARACTER* 3). CCVLEN - length label (CHARACTER* 3) CCVFOR - force label (CHARACTER* 3) CCVMAS - mass label (CHARACTER* 3) CCVMIN - moment (input) label (CHARACTER* 6) CCVMOU - moment (output) label (CHARACTER* 6) CCVSTR - stress label (CHARACTER*10)
Chapter 8 Interfaces
93
CCVTSC - temperature label (CHARACTER* 1) CCVTOF - temperature offset/label (CHARACTER* 1) CCVPRE - pressure label (CHARACTER*10) CCVYM - young’s modulus label (CHARACTER*10) CCVPDN - pipe density label (CHARACTER*10) CCVIDN - insulation density label (CHARACTER*10) CCVFDN - fluid density label (CHARACTER*10) CCVTSF - translational stiffness label (CHARACTER* 7) CCVRSF - rotational stiffness label (CHARACTER*10) CCVUNI - uniform load label (CHARACTER* 7) CCVGLD - gravitional load label (CHARACTER* 3) CCVWND - wind load label (CHARACTER*10) CCVELE - elevation label (CHARACTER* 3) CCVCLN - compound length label (CHARACTER* 3) CCVDIA - diameter label (CHARACTER* 3) CCVTHK - wall thickness label (CHARACTER* 3)
Nodal Coordinate Data #$ COORDS . This is the section division header. The #$ and space are required, as well as the word COORDS, all in capital letters. This section only exists in Versions 3.22 and later. The data in this section of the neutral file is optional; it may not exist. The existence of this data depends on the user’s preference and the particular job. This section of the neutral file is used to specify the X, Y, Z global coordinates of the starting node point of each discontinuous piping segment. This data, if it exists, is defined below. The NXYZ value defines how many sets of coordinates follow. Use FORTRAN format (2X, I13). INODE, XCORD, YCORD, ZCORD This line of four values is repeated NXYZ times. Use FORTRAN format (2X, I13, 3F13.4) to define a node number and its X, Y, Z global coordinates.
94
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Data Matrix Interface CAESAR II offers an alternative neutral file, the Data Matrix Interface. The generic CAESAR II data matrix input routine creates a CAESAR II file from a simple neutral file. It expects to read a file that contains a single line of data for each pipe in the model. Each line of data contains twelve parameters as follows: ELMT
N1
N2
DX
DY
DZ
DIAM
THK
ANCH
BEND
BRAD
RIGID
Where: ELMT is the element number, sequential from 1. N1 is the “from” node number. N2 is the “to” node number. DX is the delta dimension in the global “X” direction. DY is the delta dimension in the global “Y” direction (the “Y” axis is vertical in CAESAR II). DZ is the delta dimension in the global “Z” direction. DIAM is the actual pipe diameter. THK is the actual pipe wall thickness. ANCH is a restraint flag, 1 if the “from” node is restrained, 0 otherwise. Currently ignored. BEND is a bend indicator, 1 if the element has a bend at the “to” node, 0 otherwise. BRAD is the bend radius if not a long radius bend. Important
RIGID is a rigid element flag, 1 if the element is rigid, 0 otherwise.
All values in the matrix should be “real,” floating point numbers. The format for each line of data should be (12E13.6). This generic interface does prompt for an arbitrary conversion constant for the delta dimensions and the diameter /thickness values to overcome any differences between the assumed units of the neutral file and the CAESAR II defaults. Users developing an interface from scratch are urged to use the Complete Neutral File interface discussed in the next section. The Data Matrix Interface discussed above transfers the piping geometry only, which requires the analyst to input additional data to complete the stress model.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
95
Computational Interfaces LIQT Interface The CAESAR II / LIQT Transfer program is used to generate CAESAR II dynamic input data files containing response spectra for input files which contain the dynamic pipe forces. These time history loads are determined by the Stoner Associates, Inc. (SAI) LIQT package, from pressure transient loading. The CAESAR II / LIQT Transfer program reads the output file generated by LIQT, extracts the information needed, and generates the response spectra. Then, the generated response spectrum files can be used for the dynamic analysis in CAESAR II.
How to Use the CAESAR II / LIQT Interface When the user reaches the LIQT Transfer module, the following input is required from the user in order to process the LIQT data: LIQT output file name. (This file is generated by SAI’s LIQT package with extension .FRC) Names of LIQT nodes which identify the pipes that response spectra are to be generated for. Corresponding CAESAR II node numbers for the LIQT pipes. Maximum number of points on each generated response spectrum curve. Frequency cut off value. After the proper user input data is acquired, the LIQT interface module starts the data transfer. During the computation, the user will be apprised of the process status. The user can click the Cancel button at any time to abort the computation. The resulting force spectrum files (DLF curves) are written to the CAESAR II data directory during the computation phase of the program. The names of generated force spectrum files have the following format: L*.DLF where "*" is the user CAESAR II node number in the piping model which corresponds to the equivalent LIQT pipe name. When all computations have completed, the user will be returned to the CAESAR II MAIN MENU.
96
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Technical Discussion of LIQT Interface Normal piping system operating procedures such as pump start-up and shutdown, valve closure, and unexpected events such as power failure, may produce unsteady pressure-flow conditions. A piping system with rapid pressure-flow variations must be carefully designed to prevent devastating results. SAI’s LIQT package performs the analysis and simulation of the unsteady flow situations for a particular liquid piping system, and generates the piping load time histories for the pressure transient of this particular liquid piping system. In the dynamic analysis module of CAESAR II, a response spectrum can be generated from the user input of time history pulse. However, there are typically too many data points from a time history analysis for a user to manually input the data into CAESAR II. The CAESAR II LIQT Transfer is used to bridge the gap between SAI’s LIQT package and the CAESAR II dynamic analysis module. After the time history loads have been generated by SAI’s LIQT package, the CAESAR II LIQT interface extracts the dynamic pipe forces from the LIQT generated file, and computes the response spectrum. Afterward, the response spectrum can be used as the DLF curve for the dynamic analysis in CAESAR II. The response spectrum is a plot giving the maximum response of all possible linear one degree of freedom systems due to a given input, which in the present case is a force. The abscissa of the spectrum is the frequency axis, and the ordinate is the maximum response, i.e. the dynamic load factor (DLF). The DLF is the ratio of the dynamic deflection at any time to the deflection which would have resulted from the static application of the load. In cases where the applied load is not constant, the maximum load which occurs at any time during the period of interest is taken. The dynamic load factor is non dimensional and independent of the magnitude of load. The following examples illustrate the characteristics of the DLF curve in terms of the magnitude and the duration of the load.
Example 1 Find the DLF response spectrum of the trapezoidal pulse loads shown in the following figure.
Force vs. Time
Chapter 8 Interfaces
97
Solution: The response spectra generated from all four pulse loads are identical, as shown in the following figure.
DLF vs. Frequency
The result shows that the DLF curve is independent of the magnitude of the pulse load.
98
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Example 2 Find the response spectrum of the following trapezoidal pulse loads.
Force vs. Time
Chapter 8 Interfaces
99
Force vs. Time
Force vs. Time
Solution: The plotted results displayed in Figure 13.11 show that the longer the duration of the force the higher the DLF. The triangular pulse, which has a duration of zero, generates the lowest DLF curve.
DLF vs. Frequency
100
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
PIPENET Interface The CAESAR II / PIPENET Transfer program is used to generate CAESAR II dynamic input data files containing response spectra for input files which contain the dynamic pipe forces. These time history loads are determined by the Sunrise System's Pipenet package, from pressure transient loading. The CAESAR II / PIPENET Transfer program reads the output file generated by PIPENET, extracts the information needed, and generates the response spectra. Then, the generated response spectrum files can be used for the dynamic analysis in CAESAR II.
How to Use the CAESAR II / PIPENET Interface When the user reaches the PIPENET Transfer module, the following input is required from the user in order to process the PIPENET data: PIPENET output file name. (This file is generated by Sunrise System's PIPENET package with extension .FRC) Names of PIPENET pipes whose response spectra are to be generated for. Corresponding CAESAR II node numbers for the PIPENET pipes. Maximum number of points on each generated response spectrum curve. Frequency cut off value. After the proper user input data is acquired, the PIPENET interface module starts the data transfer. During the computation, the user will be apprised of the process status. The user can press the Cancel button at any time to abort the computation. The resulting force spectrum files (DLF curves) are written to the CAESAR II data directory during the computation phase of the program. The names of generated force spectrum files have the following format: P*.DLF where "*" is the user CAESAR II node number in the piping model which corresponds to the equivalent PIPENET pipe name. Further, the PIPENET Interface creates a complete CAESAR II Dynamic Input file including spectrum definition, force sets, load cases, and combination load cases. The resulting input file is ready to be run "as is" or can be further modified by the user. When all computations have completed, the user will be returned to the CAESAR II Main Menu.
Technical Discussion of PIPENET Interface Normal piping system operating procedures such as pump start-up and shutdown, valve closure, and unexpected events such as power failure, may produce unsteady pressure-flow conditions. A piping system with rapid pressure-flow variations must be carefully designed to prevent devastating results. The PIPENET package performs the analysis and simulation of the unsteady flow situations for a particular liquid piping system, and generates the piping load time histories for the pressure transient of this particular liquid piping system. In the dynamic analysis module of CAESAR II, a response spectrum can be generated from the user input of time history pulse. However, there are typically too many data points from a time history analysis for a user to manually input the data into CAESAR II. The CAESAR II PIPENET Transfer is used to bridge the gap between PIPENET and the CAESAR II dynamic analysis module.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
101
After the time history loads have been generated by PIPENET, the CAESAR II PIPENET interface extracts the dynamic pipe forces from the PIPENET generated file, and computes the response spectrum. Afterward, the response spectrum can be used as the DLF curve for the dynamic analysis in CAESAR II. The response spectrum is a plot giving the maximum response of all possible linear one degree of freedom systems due to a given input, which in the present case is a force. The abscissa of the spectrum is the frequency axis, and the ordinate is the maximum response, i.e. the dynamic load factor (DLF). The DLF is the ratio of the dynamic deflection at any time to the deflection which would have resulted from the static application of the load. In cases where the applied load is not constant, the maximum load which occurs at any time during the period of interest is taken. The dynamic load factor is non dimensional and independent of the magnitude of load. The following examples illustrate the characteristics of the DLF curve in terms of the magnitude and the duration of the load.
102
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Data Export to ODBC Compliant Databases CAESAR II permits the export of the analysis results to ODBC compliant databases. ODBC is a programming interface that enables applications to access data in database management systems that use Structured Query Language (SQL) as a data access standard. CAESAR II uses two drivers supplied by Microsoft Corporation to communicate with the Access database or Excel spreadsheet. These drivers are installed by default when either of the two products are set up on a system.
DSN Setup In order to use the CAESAR II data export facility, you need to set up two Data Source Names (DSNs) on the system. DSNs contain information regarding where the database resides on the computer and how to communicate with it, i.e. what driver to use. CAESAR II has capabilities to export data to either an Access database or an Excel spreadsheet. Therefore, you will need two DSNs set up to allow use of this feature. The names of these two DSNs are FIXED by COADE Inc. The CAESAR II installation program is designed to set up these DSNs automatically. However, in the event that the DSNs are not set up, use the procedure listed below.
Setting up the DSN: 1
Click the Start button and select Settings and then Control Panel.
2
Double-click on ODBC Data Sources icon and select the User DSN tab.
3
Click the Add button. A window similar to the following will display.
Create New Data Source Important Follow steps 4 through 8 for Microsoft Access DSN Setup ONLY! Skip to step 9 for Microsoft Excel DSN Setup
Chapter 8 Interfaces
4
103
Select the Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb) and click the Finish button. A window similar to the one below will display and you will be prompted to select your database.
Access DSN Setup The data source name MUST be the C2_OUT_ACCESS. The description is an optional field and can hold any description information. 5
Enter the Data Source Name and the Description, and click the Select button to select the CAESAR II template database.
CAESAR II is supplied with a template database that contains the structure to hold data exported from the program. For Access: this file is named “caesarII.mdb” and will be present in the “system” directory of your CAESAR II installation directory. 6
Select the file and click the OK button as shown in the following figure.
Select Database Window
104
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
After completing the previous step, you will be returned to the ODBC Microsoft Access Setup window similar to the following figure.
Access Setup Screen After Database Selection 7
Click the OK button and a window similar to the one below will be displayed. Note that C2_OUT_ACCESS has been added to list of available user DSN’s.
User DSN Tab After Adding Access DSN You have now completed the Access DSN setup.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
Note:
105
This above process needs to be performed only once per machine.
Controlling the Data Export The CAESAR II data export is controlled using the Setup/Configuration module. By default, data export is disabled. You must run Configure/Setup to enable ODBC data export. To set up the ODBC data export in CAESAR II, follow the steps below.
Setting up the ODBC data export 1
Select CONFIGURE/SETUP on the Tools pull-down menu from the CAESAR II Main Menu.
2
Select the Database Definitions tab.
3
Check the Enable data export to ODBC compliant databases check box, which will enable the Browse button.
4
Click the Browse button, type the name of your database and save it in a directory of your choice.
Note: CAESAR II will copy the template database to the directory specified and name the database as specified. The Append re-runs to existing data check box is optional. If left unchecked, re-runs of the same job will overwrite any existing data for the same job in the database/spreadsheet. If checked, re-runs will add or append data from the new runs to the database/spreadsheet. 5
Click Exit w/ Save to save changes to the configuration.
Note: As in previous versions of CAESAR II, the configuration file applies to all CAESAR II jobs present in that directory. Similarly, the external database/spreadsheet specified in one configuration file applies to all jobs present in that directory.
106
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Data Export Wizard CAESAR II offers an ODBC Wizard for immediate interfacing (in addition to the in-line interfacing offered previously) of both input and output piping model data. (Note that the input data may only be accessed through the Wizard; while the in-line interface still transfers only the output data.) This wizard, besides being compatible with ODBC (Microsoft Access and Excel) can also export data in XML format. (Note that the Excel interface produces a semicolon delimited text file, which can be imported into Excel very quickly.) The interface is accessed via the Tools/Eternal Interfaces/Data Export Wizard menu command from the CAESAR II Main Menu. The Data Export Wizard dialog displays; the exported data set can be developed by responding to the questions and clicking the Next button.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
107
The Input and Output Files dialog requests the name of the CAESAR II piping file (the._A file) for which the data is to be exported: the user must browse for it.
108
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Activating the Export Output Data Also check box provides the ability to include any output results (if available) to the exported data set as well. Activating the Use System Units check box converts the data to the set of units currently selected in the CAESAR II Configure /Setup. Selection of the Data Export Output file designates where the data will go, as well as in what form the data will be: selection of files with extensions of .MDB, .TXT, or .XML produce data in the form of Microsoft Access™, Microsoft Excel™ semi-colon delimited text, or XML, respectively.) Note, a great deal of on-line help is provided for this wizard, accessible via the Help button. The CAESAR II Input Export Options dialog allows the user to select the input data items that are to be exported.
Chapter 8 Interfaces
109
If the user has clicked the Export Output Data check box, the CAESAR II Output Export Options dialog allows the user to select the type of results to be exported, and the load cases for which these results are to be exported.
Clicking finish completes the operation. The resultant data file may now be queried or otherwise manipulated through the use of Microsoft Access, Microsoft Excel, or XML parsing software. Note that a number of built in reports, queries, and other helpful items (see the figure above) have been provided in the default Access file format, or the user can develop custom reports and queries.
1
CHAPTER 9
File Sets In This Chapter CAESAR II File Guide................................................................2 CAESAR II Operational (Job) Data Files ...................................14
2
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II File Guide CAESAR II is composed of a number of files which are loaded onto the hard drive. At the current time, approximately 60 megabytes are required for a complete software installation. If your disk is “cramped” for space, you may have to manually delete files from your hard disk before installing a new version of CAESAR II. If you are storing data files in your CAESAR II installation directory, archive them first before you begin the file deletion process. If you are performing a partial installation, be sure the directory is clean before you start; otherwise you will have a mixed version and it will not perform as expected, and CRC errors may be generated during the installation. If you have adequate space on your hard drive, the new program data files will overwrite the existing data files from the previous version. Some exceptions, such as the material database file, change from year to year, and may have to be deleted manually to maximize disk space. After a successful installation, the following directory structure will exist on the hard disk, assuming the installation directory was named "caesar."
\caesar
contains main program files
\caesar\acrobat
contains the Adobe Acrobat Reader installation file
\caesar\assidrv
contains HASP device drivers and instructions
\caesar\c2_docu
contains the CAESAR II on-line documentation
\caesar\examples
contains example jobs
\caesar\lib_i
contains CADWorx library file in Imperial units
\caesar\lib_m
contains CADWorx library file in Metric units
\caesar\setupesl
contains ESL device driver installation routine
\caesar\Spec
contains CADWorx specification files
\caesar\ssidrv
contains SSI device drivers and instructions
\caesar\system
contains program data file templates and libraries
It should be noted that as a disk reaches its capacity, disk access can be slowed considerably. For this reason it is a good idea to perform some periodic “house cleaning” on the directory(s) where CAESAR II files are stored. This would involve deleting scratch files and old job files. The CAESAR II File-Clean Up Files command option can help in this process.
Chapter 9 File Sets
Required for Execution
Description
ANAHLP01.EXE
Help file for dynamic input and load case editor
ANAHLP02.EXE
Help file for dynamic input and load case editor
ANAL1.EXE
Static load cases/Dynamic input program
ANNOUNCE.EXE
Build changes announcement program
C2.EXE
Main Menu program
C2DATA.EXE
Input conversion to new units program
C2HELP01.EXE
Help file
C2HELP02.EXE
Help index
C2SET01.EXE
Help file
C2SET02.EXE
Help index
C2SETUP.EXE
Configuration program
C2U.EXE
Buried pipe modeler
CRCCHK.EXE
CRC check program
ELEM.EXE
Element generator
ENGLISH.FIL
English units file
EXPJT.HED
Generic expansion joint header file
FRP.HED
Generic FRP header file
IECHO.EXE
Input echo setup/Neutral file program
INCORE.EXE
In-core solution module program
M1HELP01.EXE
Miscellaneous help file
M1HELP02.EXE
Miscellaneous help file
OP2HLP01.EXE
Output processor help file
OP2HLP02.EXE
Output processor help file
MM.FIL
Millimeter units file
OUTCORE.EXE
Out-of-core solution module program
OUTP01.EXE
Static force/stress computation program
OUTP02.EXE
Static output processor
PIERCK.EXE
Piping error checker
PREPIP.EXE
Piping input module
REPORT.EXE
Input list/echo generation program
SI.FIL
SI units file
3
4
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Required for Execution
Description
STREAM.EXE
Batch stream processor program
SYSCHK.EXE
System check out program
TIPS.TXT
Start-up Tip-of-the-Day program
TYPE.BIN
Parameter definition file
VALVE.HED
Generic valve/flange header file
XX.CRC
CRC check data file
Required Error Data Files
Description
C2ER01A.EXE
Error explanation text
C2ER01B.EXE
Error index file
C2ER01C.EXE
Error explanation text
C2ER01D.EXE
Error index file
C2ER01E.EXE
Error explanation text
C2ER01F.EXE
Error index file
C2ER01Z.EXE
Error explanation text
C2ER02A.EXE
Error index file
C2ER02B.EXE
Error explanation text
C2ER02C.EXE
Error index file
C2ER02D.EXE
Error explanation text
C2ER02E.EXE
Error index file
C2ER02F.EXE
Error explanation text
C2ER02Z.EXE
Error index file
C2ERROR.EXE
Error reporting program
Required Data Set
Description
5-110-1A.FAT
Material fatigue curve
5-110-1B.FAT
Material fatigue curve
5-110-2A.FAT
Material fatigue curve
Chapter 9 File Sets
Required Data Set
Description
5-110-2B.FAT
Material fatigue curve
5-110-2C.FAT
Material fatigue curve
ACCESS2K.BAT
Batch file to switch to Access 2000
ACCESS97.BAT
Batch file to switch to Access 97
AMRN2020.FRP
FRP data
AP.BIN
ANSI pipe sizes
API650.DIG
API650 chart data
APPRVD.BIN
Stoomwezen approval certificate
BE.HGR
Basic engineering hanger data
BERGEN.HGR
Bergen Power hanger data
BHEL.HGR
BHEL hanger data
C2MAT.EXE
Material database editor
CAESAR.FRP
FRP data
CAESARII.MDB
Access template file
CAESARI1997I.MDB
Access 97 database template
CAESARII2000.MDB
Access 2000 database template
CAESARII.XLS
Excel template file
CAPITOL.HGR
Capitol hanger data
CARPAT.HGR
Carpenter & Paterson hanger data
CHINAPWR.HGR
China Power hanger data
CMAT.BIN
Supplied Material database
CMP_INP.BAT
Batch file for compressed input listing
COL_INP.BAT
Batch file for column oriented input listings
COMET.HGR
Comet Hanger data
CRANE.DAT
Crane valve/flange database
CRANE.VHD
Crane valve/flange header file
DP.BIN
DIN pipe sizes
ENGLISH.FIL
5
6
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Required Data Set
Description
FLEXIDIR.HGR
Flexidir hanger data
FLEXPATH.DAT
Flexonics/Pathway Bellows expansion joint database
FLEXPATH.JHD
Flexonics/Pathway Bellows header file
FRONEK.HGR
Fronek hanger data
GENERIC.DAT
Generic valve/flange database
GENERIC.VHD
Generic valve/flange header file
GRINNELL.HGR
Grinnell hanger data
HYDRA.HGR
Hyrda hanger data
HYDRAANG.DAT
HYDRA angular expansion joint database
HYDRAANG.JHD
HYDRA angular expansion joint header file
HYDRAAXI.DAT
HYDRA axial expansion joint database
HYDRAAXI.JHD
HYDRA axial expansion joint header file
HYDRALAT.DAT
HYDRA lateral expansion joint database
HYDRALAT.JHD
HYDRA lateral expansion joint header file
INOFLEX.HGR IWK_ANG.DAT
IWK angular expansion joint database
IWK_ANG.JHD
IWK angular expansion joint header file
IWK_AXI.DAT
IWK axial expansion joint database
IWK_AXI.JHD
IWK axial expansion joint header file
IWK_LAT.DAT
IWK lateral expansion joint database
IWK_LAT.JHD
IWK lateral expansion joint header file
JP.BIN
JIS pipe sizes
LISEGA.HGR
Lisega Hanger data
MATFIL1.BIN
ASME Sect VIII material database
MM.FIL MYATT.HGR
Myatt Hanger data
MYRICKS.HGR
Myricks Hanger data
NOFLANGE.DAT
Valve/flange database (no flanges)
Chapter 9 File Sets
Required Data Set
Description
NOFLANGE.VHD
Valve/flange header file (no flanges)
NPS.HGR
NPS Hanger data
OUTPUT.HED PDS_MAT.MAP
Intergraph PDS material mapping file
PDS_PIPES_CSV
Intergraph PDS pipe sizes
POWER.HGR
Power Piping Hanger data
PRINTER.FMT
Printer Formatting string file
PSC.HGR
PSC Hanger data
PSU.HGR
Pipe Supports USA data
PTP.HGR
PTP Hanger data
PTP-LRG.DAT PTP-LRG.JHD PTP-SML.DAT PTP-SML.JHD QUALITY. HGR
Quality Pipe Supports data
REGISTERPIPE.BAT
Batch file to register PIPEDLL.DLL
SARATHI.HGR
Sarathi database
SFI-MID.JHD
Senior Flexonics expansion joint database header file
SFI-MID.DAT
Senior Flexonics expansion joint database
SI.FIL SINOPEC.HGR
Sinopec Hanger data
TD12AL.FAT
Material fatigue curve
TD12ST.FAT
Material fatigue curve
TITLE.HED WAVIN55.FRP
Fiberglass material data file
WAVIN63.FRP
Fiberglass material data file
WAVIN73.FRP
Fiberglass material data file
WORD.BAS
MS Word script/formatting file
7
8
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Required Data Set
Description
WORDNOPAGESETUP.BAT Batch file to switch MS Word templates WORDNPS.BAS
MS Word script/formatting file
WORDPAGESETUP.BAT
Batch file to switch MS Word templates
WORDPS.BAS
MS Word script/formatting file
Required Printer/ Listing Files Description LIST.CRC
CRC check data file
OUTPUT.HED
Dynamic output report headers
TITLE.HED
Piping input title page template
SCREEN.TXT
Piping input resource file
ALLOW.INP
Compressed formatting for allowable stresses
ALLWTD.INP
Formatting for TD/12 allowables
API650.INP
Formatting for API 650
API6502.INP
Alternate formatting for API 650 nozzles
BENDS.INP
Compressed formatting for bends
PD5500.INP
Formatting for PD5500 nozzles
PD55002.INP
Alternate formatting for PD5500 nozzles
CONPARM.INP
Compressed formatting for control parameters
COORDS.INP
Compressed formatting for coordinates
DISPLACE.INP
Compressed formatting for displacements
ELEMENT.INP
Compressed formatting for elements, layout 1
ELEMENT0.INP
Compressed formatting for elements, layout 2
ELEMENT1.INP
Compressed formatting for elements, layout 3
ELEMENT2.INP
Compressed formatting for elements, layout 4
ELEMENT3.INP
Compressed formatting for elements, layout 5
ELEMTD12.INP
Element formatting for TD/12
Chapter 9 File Sets
Required Printer/ Listing Files Description EXPJTS.INP
Compressed formatting for expansion joints
FORCES.INP
Compressed formatting for forces
Required Printer/Listing Files
Description (continued)
HANGERS.INP
Compressed formatting for spring hangers
INITIAL.INP
Listing setup
MATERIAL.INP
Compressed formatting for materials
MAT_FRP.INP NOZZLES.INP
Compressed formatting for nozzles
OFFSETS.INP
Compressed formatting for offsets
RIGIDS.INP
Compressed formatting for rigid elements
RIGIDS2.INP
Alternate formatting for rigids
SETUP.INP
Compressed formatting for setup parameters
SIF&TEE.INP
Compressed formatting for SIFs & tees
SIF&TD12.INP SUPPORTS.INP
Compressed formatting for restraints
TITLE.INP
Compressed formatting for title page
UNIFORM.INP
Compressed formatting for uniform loads
UNITS.INP
Compressed formatting for units
WIND.INP
Compressed formatting for wind shape factors
ALLOW2.INP
Column oriented formatting for allowable stresses
BENDS2.INP
Column oriented formatting for bends
DISPLAC2.INP
Column oriented formatting for displacements
ELEMENT4.INP
Column oriented formatting for elements
EXPJTS2.INP
Column oriented formatting for expansion joints
FORCES2.INP
Column oriented formatting for forces
HANGERS2.INP
Column oriented formatting for spring hangers
9
10
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Required Printer/ Listing Files Description MATRIAL2.INP
Column oriented formatting for materials
NOZZLES2.INP
Column oriented formatting for nozzles
OFFSETS2.INP
Column oriented formatting for offsets
RIGIDS2.INP
Column oriented formatting for rigid elements
SIF&TEE2.INP
Column oriented formatting for SIFs & tees
SUPPORT2.INP
Column oriented formatting for restraints
UNIFORM2.INP
Column oriented formatting for uniform loads
WIND2.INP
Column oriented formatting for wind shape factors
Dynamics
Description
DYN.EXE
Dynamic setup/Harmonic Solution
DYNHEAD.BIN
Dynamic input screen data
DYNOUT1.EXE
Dynamic force/stress computation program
DYNOUT2.EXE
Dynamic output reporting program
DYNPLOT.EXE
Graphics animation program
DYNSTART.BIN
Dynamic input example data
EIGEN.EXE
Eigen solution program
Auxiliary Set
Description
ACCTNG.EXE
Accounting report generator
BIGPRT.EXE
Large print program
C2_MAT.EXE
Material database editor
COADEXE.EXE
EXE file scanner
DLLVBASE.TXT
DLL baseline information
DLLVERSN.EXE
DLL version scanner
Chapter 9 File Sets
Auxiliary Set
Description
DLLVERSN.LST
DLL data list
HLPROT1.EXE
Help file
HLPROT2.EXE
Help file index
MAKEUNIT.EXE
Units generation program
MATDAT.92
ASME material database
MISC.EXE
SIF, WRC297, B31G, Flange program
MISC01.EXE
Help file
MISC02.EXE
Help file index
NETUSER.BAT ROT.EXE
Equipment analysis program
RUN107.EXE
WRC107 program
UCS66.BIN
ASME UCS-66 chart data
WRC-2.DIG
WRC107 chart data
Structural Data
Description
AISC.EXE
AISC unit check program
AISC77.BIN
1977 AISC steel database
AISC89.BIN
1989 AISC steel database
AISCHLP.HLP
AISC program help file
AISCHLP.PTR
Help index file
AUST90.BIN
1990 Australian steel database
C2S.EXE
Structural input program
C2SHL01.EXE
Help file for structural input
C2SHL02P.EXE
Help file for structural input
GERM91.BIN
1991 German steel database
HELPSTR.HLP
Help file for structural input
KOREAN.BIN
1990 Korean structural database
SAFRICA.BIN
1990 South African structural database
11
12
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
Structural Data
Description
UK.BIN
United Kingdom structural database
External Interfaces
Description
ACADX.EXE
AutoCad DXF generator
ADEV.EXE
PRO-ISO interface
APLANT.EXE
Autoplant interface
C2CATIA.EXE
CCPLANT/CATIA interface
C2DATIN.EXE
Generic neutral file interface
C2DXF.DAT
AutoCad DXF template file
C2LIQT.EXE
LIQT interface
C2PIPNET.EXE
PIPENET interface
CADPIP.EXE
CADPIPE interface
CVISON.EXE
ComputerVision interface
DATAEXP.CHM
Data export wizard help file
DATAEXP.EXE
Data export wizard
INTGRPH.EXE
Intergraph interface
ISOMET.EXE
Isomet interface
NODSIZ.LSP
Autocad node display routine
PCF.EXE
PCF interface
PCFDLL.DLL
Supporting DLL for PCF interface
PIPEDLL.DLL
Supporting DLL for PCF interface
Examples
Description
45-75
DLF file for HAMMER job
90-110
DLF file for HAMMER job
CRYISM._7
Dynamic input example
Chapter 9 File Sets
Examples
Description
CRYISM._A
Dynamic input example
CRYISM._J
static load case data
CRYNOS._7
Dynamic input example
CRYNOS._A
Dynamic input example
CRYNOS._J
static load case data
CRYSTR.STR
Structural input for CRYISM job
FRAME.J
static load case data
FRAME.STR
Structural input example
HAMMER._7
Dynamic input example
HAMMER._A
Dynamic input example
HAMMER._J
static load case data
JACKET._A
Jacketed pipe example input
JACKET._J
static load case data
NUREG9._7
Dynamic input example, NRC benchmark
NUREG9._A
Dynamic input example, NRC benchmark
NUREG9._J
static load case data
OMEGA._A
Omega loop example input
OMEGA._J
static load case data
RELIEF
DLF file for RELIEF job
RELIEF._7
Dynamic input example,
RELIEF._A
Relief Valve example input
RELIEF._J
static load case data
TABLE._7
Dynamic input example, harmonic
TABLE._A
Dynamic input example, harmonic
TABLE._J
Dynamic input example, harmonic
13
14
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Operational (Job) Data Files During the input / analysis/ output phases of operation, CAESAR II creates a number of job specific data files. Some of these data files are used solely by CAESAR II, others contain input data, and others contain output data. This section defines the commonly encountered files, their purpose, and whether or not they are important for archiving purposes. In the list below, an asterisk (*) by the file name indicates it should be saved in order to archive the input data. A double asterisk (**) indicates the file should be saved to archive output data.
INPUT, Static ._A *
Contains the User’s spreadsheet input data.
._J *
Contains the load case data.
INPUT, Dynamic ._7 *
Contains the User’s dynamic input data.
INPUT, Structural .STR *
Contains the User’s structural input data.
INPUT, Soil .SOI *
Contains the User’s soil property data.
Scratch ._B
Nodal boundary condition file, created by the piping error checker and used by the analysis modules.
._C
Element properties file, created by the piping error checker and used by the analysis modules.
._N
Nodal coordinate file, created by the piping error checker and used by the analysis modules.
._R
Job control information, created by the piping error checker and used by the analysis modules.
._E
Element connectivity file, created by the piping error checker and used by the analysis modules.
._X
Structural geometry file for use with piping preprocessor.
._1
Scratch file
._2
Scratch file
._5
Scratch file with intermediate hanger data
._6
Scratch file
.DXF
Geometric data file created for input into AUTOCAD
.HAR
Harmonic components for animation
.FRQ
Harmonic solution frequency & phase data
._L
Intermediate harmonic data file
Chapter 9 File Sets
.XYT
15
Animation output data file from time history analysis
Listing .MSG
Secondary output file with intermediate computation data
.LST
Data listing file
.LIS
Data listing file
.C2U
Buried modeler error check file
Output ._M **
Intermediate output file, contains data generated by the piping error checker and load case setup modules
._P **
Static output data file
._Q **
Actual harmonic displacement data
._S **
Dynamic output data file
._T **
Time history output data file
.OUT
User generated output (text) data file
.VAL
Intermediate eigenvalue output file
.VEC
Intermediate eigenvector output file
.OTL **
Input/Output QA sequencing data file
Note: All of these files may not be present for a given job. The presence of a file is dependent on what analysis has been run.
1
CHAPTER 10
Update History The following lists detail the addition and modifications made to CAESAR II by version number. These lists correspond to the major releases of the software and do not reflect items such as: minor releases (1.0P, 2.1D); re-publication of the User Guide: or additional new modules released to aid users between updates.
In This Chapter CAESAR II Initial Capabilities (12/84) ......................................2 CAESAR II Version 1.1S Features (2/86)...................................3 CAESAR II Version 2.0A Features (10/86) ................................4 CAESAR II Version 2.1C Features (6/87) ..................................5 CAESAR II Version 2.2B Features (9/88) ..................................6 CAESAR II Version 3.0 Features (4/90).....................................7 CAESAR II Version 3.1 Features (11/90)...................................8 CAESAR II Version 3.15 Features (9/91)...................................9 CAESAR II Version 3.16 Features (12/91).................................10 CAESAR II Version 3.17 Features (3/92)...................................11 CAESAR II Version 3.18 Features (9/92)...................................12 CAESAR II Version 3.19 Features (3/93)...................................14 CAESAR II Version 3.20 Features (10/93).................................15 CAESAR II Version 3.21 Changes and Enhancements (7/94) ....16 CAESAR II Version 3.22 Changes & Enhancements (4/95).......18 CAESAR II Version 3.23 Changes (3/96)...................................20 CAESAR II Version 3.24 Changes & Enhancements (3/97).......21 CAESAR II Version 4.00 Changes and Enhancements (1/98) ....24 CAESAR II Version 4.10 Changes and Enhancements (1/99) ....25 CAESAR II Version 4.20 Changes and Enhancements (2/00) ....26 CAESAR II Version 4.30 Changes and Enhancements (3/01) ....27 CAESAR II Version 4.40 Features .............................................28 CAESAR II Version 4.40 Technical Changes and Enhancements ( 5/02)
29
2
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Initial Capabilities (12/84) Input data spreadsheets featuring data duplication to the next pipe element Vessel local Flexibility Calculations Multiple load case spring hanger design Algebraic load case combinations Nonlinear restraints with gaps, friction, 2-node, and skewed options Zero or finite length expansion joints with “Tension Only” tie-bars Built in database of pipe materials and properties B31 code compliance reports Static and dynamic capabilities, including animated mode shape plots Extensive input/output graphics Pressure effects on bends, including consideration of circular or slightly oval cross-sections
Chapter 10 Update History
CAESAR II Version 1.1S Features (2/86) Help Windows AutoCAD Interface HP Plotter Interface Batch Execution Opinion Accounting System File Handler Spooled Input Listings Uniform Load in G’s Liberal Code Stress Allowable Cursor Pad and Function Key Implementation in Input Spreadsheets Plot Menu Single Keystroke Access Stainless Steel Pipe Schedules Direct Input of Specific Gravity Bourdon Pressure Options Hanger Control Spreadsheet Updates
3
4
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 2.0A Features (10/86) AISC Structural Steel Database with over 800 different structural steel cross-sections. Keyword/Batch Structural Steel Preprocessor: Same quality CAESAR II graphics with structural steel volume plots, interactive error checking, extensive interactive help, and fully compatible with CAESAR II piping models. High Resolution Graphics: EGA support for monochrome and 640x350, 16 color more. Tecmar Graphics Master support for monochrome and 640x200, 16 color mode. Hercules support for monochrome 720x348 mode. Graphics: Addition of “PAN” and “RANGE” options, improved Zooming, stresses and displaced shapes in color, hidden lines removed from volume plots, and pipe and structure plotted together. 3D-Graph: Option to plot stresses for all nodes for all load cases on the same plot. Simultaneous Use Of Two Screens: One monochrome and the other graphics. WRC 107 Stress Calculations Units: English and SI standard options, or user may define his own set of unit constants and labels. Output may be generated in multiple unit sets, and input files may be converted from one unit set to another. Wind Load Calculations: According to ANSI A58.1-1982, or user may input his own velocity or pressure versus elevation tables. Pipe/structure “include” Option: Piping input from one file may be included in another with a given node and rotational offset. Quick Natural Frequency Range Calculations: Computes the number of natural frequencies in any user given range in the amount of time needed to do a single static solution. High Resolution Hardcopy Printer Plots SETUP FILE DIRECTIVES: Users may set the following CAESAR II execution parameters: - Graphics hardware configurations - Colors for over 27 different plotted items - B3.1 reduced intersection options - Plot/Geometry connection through CNODES options - Corroded cross section stress calculation options - Minimum and Maximum allowed bend angle options - Occasional load factors - Loop closure tolerance
Chapter 10 Update History
5
CAESAR II Version 2.1C Features (6/87) Uniform and Independent support shock spectrum capability. Force Spectrum Dynamic Analysis of Fluid Waterhammer. Force Spectrum Dynamic Analysis of Relief Loads. Force Spectrum Dynamic Analysis of Wind Gust Loads. Fluid Mechanics Analysis of Gas or Liquid open vent relief system. Includes vent stack sizing, thrust, and pressure rise computations. NRC Dynamics Benchmarks for: NUREG/CR-1677, BNL-NUREG-51267, Vol.I, 1980; and NUREG/CR-1677, BNL-NUREG-51267, Vol.ii, 1985. Dynamic “Friction” modelling based on static load case results. Eleven (11) pre-defined shock spectra including all Reg. Guide 1.60 spectra and the El Centro NorthSouth component spectra. Improved Harmonic Analysis including the effect of “phased” loading relationships. (Allows modeling of eccentrically loaded rotating equipment.) Improved dynamic output processor, includes user defined headings and user comments. Animated static and dynamic solutions with structural members and hidden line volume plots. Improved EIGENSOLVER many times faster than earlier algorithms, with automatic out-of-core solution mode. Updated Static Analysis Load Case Processor. New Friction Algorithm with interactive control during solution of nonlinear restraints. Improved Output file handling of various solution methods. Ability to abort any function at any time during a session using the key. New keydisk, memory protection scheme. Hardware/Software QA capability for analysis verification.
6
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 2.2B Features (9/88) Large Rotation Supports—Allows large rotation supports to be handled properly, by computing the support forces in all three global directions. Rod and Chain hanger supports can be modeled now. Nonlinear Out-of-Core Solver—This new solver increases the range of problems CAESAR II can solve by allowing nonlinear solutions to be performed on the hard disk. This capability is necessary when a job is too large to be solved in memory. Friction Report—Friction is a non-conservative force, and CAESAR II treats it as such. The restraint reports will now show restraint loads due to friction for each load case. New External Interface Hooks—A new interface module will allow smooth interface to data conversion modules between CAESAR II and other programs, such as AutoCAD. A new AutoCAD DXF interface is provided, and two third part vendors have completed interfaces from their AutoCAD ISO packages to CAESAR II. ASCII Editor to an overwhelming need and subsequent lack of easy to use system editors, a stand alone ASCII editor is being provided. This editor will enable users to easily modify files such as AUTOEXE.BAT, CONFIG.SYS, and SETUP.CII. 2D XY Engineering Plotting Program—A stand alone plotting program is provided to allow users to plot engineering data, such as CAESAR II spectrum files. This program will plot any “real” data arranged in columns. Valve & Flange Database—The addition of a valve & flange database enables the user to define/select the specific rigid element to be inserted into the piping system. The database is constructed to allow user additions and/or modifications. Dynamic Restart—The most time consuming part of a dynamic analysis is the Eigensolution. This feature allows a job to be restarted and use a previous Eigensolution. WRC Updates latest edition (1979) of the WRC107 bulletin has been incorporated. Input Title Page—An optional title page has been added to the input module of the program. Users can now define a title page of up to 19 lines, which will be stored with the input. Expansion Joint Rating Program—This stand alone program allows the user to compute the compression of each expansion joint corrugation and the compression of the joint as a whole. These values can then be compared to manufacturer’s recommendations for joint acceptance.
Chapter 10 Update History
7
CAESAR II Version 3.0 Features (4/90) VGA Graphics support (on input) Interactive (immediate) rotation of the input graphics image Updated graphics user interface Optional WRC 329 implementation of new stress intensification factors for intersections Optional ASME Class 1 flexibility calculations for reduced intersections Optional WRC 329 fixed to B31.1 and B31.3 piping code equations Piping codes: B31.4, B31.8, ASME Sect III Class NC and ND, CAN Z184 and Z183, Swedish Power Methods 1 and 2, BS806. Updated SIF library to include welded joints and Bonney Forge fittings New scrolling help screens Editing list features, including rotate/duplicate of total or partial models Updated WRC 107 table limit check AISC member check Wind load calculations on structural members Additional stress equation control via the SETUP file Numerical sensitivity checks in both the in-core and out-of-core solvers Automatic expansion joint modeler using manufacturers database Additional restraint types including bottomed-out spring hangers and bi-linear soil springs.
8
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 3.1 Features (11/90) Graphics Updates Instantaneous center-of-rotation calculation Element Highlight Element Range
Rotating Equipment Report Updates API 610 7th Edition Addition SI/User Units HEI Additions
WRC 107 Updates Simplified input WRC 297 stress calculations
Miscellaneous Modifications Screen data presentation changes Direct control jumping between executables Increased number of allowed program designed hangers Additional spring hanger design options Database Updates include additional spring hanger tables Soil Modeler for Buried Pipe
Chapter 10 Update History
9
CAESAR II Version 3.15 Features (9/91) The installation program utilizes the file compression routines from PKWARE. This significantly reduces the number of diskettes distributed and the time needed to install the CAESAR II package.
Flange Leakage and Stress Calculations Elastic models of the annular plate, gasket and bolts predict the relative degrees of gasket deformation leading to a leaking joint. Stress calculations in accordance with ASME Sect. VIII Div. 1 are also provided for comparison.
WRC 297 Local Stress Calculations This bulletin supplements WRC 107, and in addition computes stresses in the nozzle as well as the vessel.
Stress Intensification Factor Scratchpad The new module shows the effects of the various code options available in CAESAR II, and illustrates the relationship between the various interpretations. WRC 329 SIF options are included. SIFs for stanchions on elbows are also computed.
Miscellaneous A pen plotting program (PENPLT) plots up to 2500 element models (LARGE Includes) on the screen or on an HPGL compatible hardware device. The static output processor has been updated to support VGA graphics and to provide screen dumps to HP Laser Jet Series II compatible printers. Updated SYSCHK program now checks that SHARE is loaded when necessary. Missing coprocessor is also immediately reported. Updated PLTS now allows users to save labels, scaling information, and file names during plotting sessions. Updated ROT (rotating equipment program) provides additional code interpretations for the HEI bulletin. The BIGPRT (large job printing program) has been expanded to handle even larger jobs and to provide a “local” element report. As of Version 3.15, CAESAR II will utilize ESL devices to authorize access to the program. The ESLs are more stable than the previously used keydisk and provide additional client information to the program. Additional information on the ESLs can be found in the update pages for the User Manual. Note: The first access of Version 3.15 will cause the ESL activation code to prompt for the keydisks (both unlimited and limited). Both keydisks must be available to properly activate the ESL. A printer setup program (PRSET) is provided to adjust the number of lines per logical page for dot matrix printers. Users with page lengths longer than 11 inches will find this program very useful.
10
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 3.16 Features (12/91) The internal file maintenance utility has been completely rewritten. The new file handler provides the same capabilities as the previous file handler but with faster response times. Additionally, the new file handler is compatible with disk partitions larger than 32 Mbytes, and manipulates the data files created by Versions 3.xx of CAESAR II. A configuration program has been added to CAESAR II to allow users to modify the SETUP.CII file from spreadsheets. The configuration program also includes the standard COADE help interface to facilitate setting the directives. The structural programs (C2S and AISC) have been revised to access either the 1977 AISC database or the 1989 AISC database. Additionally, the AISC program has been updated to perform the unity checks (code compliance) using the 1989 code, which includes the methodology for checking single angles. The equipment module (ROT) has been enhanced to handle vertical in-line pumps for API-610, 7th Edition. The Stoomwezen 1989 (Dutch) piping code has been added. Three additional spring hanger tables have been added (Basic Engineering, Capitol Pipe Supports, Piping Services Company). The editors found in the structural preprocessor, the ASCII file editor, and the piping preprocessor title page have been modified to allow the insertion and deletion of single characters. Appropriate screen instructions are provided where necessary. An “automatic loop closure” command has been added to the piping preprocessor. A “jacketed pipe” example has been included in the documentation. The input file for this example is included in the EXAMPLES set on the distribution diskettes. Updated moduli of elasticity for default CAESAR II materials based on 1990 code revisions.
Chapter 10 Update History
11
CAESAR II Version 3.17 Features (3/92) Support of DOS environments now available in CAESAR II. This allows users to run the software from various subdirectories on the hard disk, other than the installation directory. Facilities have been provided to enable the user to modify the default colors used through out CAESAR II. Four predefined sets of text colors are provided as well as the ability to modify whichever set is currently selected. The Utilities menu has been expanded to include all of the secondary CAESAR II processors. Help has been added for the Input graphics, the Pen Plot graphics, and WRC 107. A new online error processor has been incorporated. This enables the software to provide the user with an explanation of the cause of many fatal error messages, as opposed to the display of only the error number. The file handler has been modified to allow the manual entry of a new job name. The input piping preprocessor now includes a material number (21) for User Defined Materials. The Static and Dynamic Output menus have been modified to allow the user to return directly to the input, or in the case of the dynamics output, to invoke the animation module directly. Graphics for flange selection and output have been added to the ASME Flange modules. Input and output file sequencing are checked to aid in Quality Assurance, insuring that the current input file produced the current output file. Input Echo reports are also possible from the static output processor.
12
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 3.18 Features (9/92) Codes and Databases The Canadian codes Z183 and Z184 have been revised according to the 1990/1992 publications. The Italian spring hanger manufacturer INOFLEX has been added. The Database option of the configuration program now allows the user to set the desired valve and flange database. Additionally a database excluding flanges (NOFLANGE) is included. The Material Database used for the Flange Stress/Leakage module has been updated. The new database includes all changes from the ASME Sect VIII, Division 1, A91 Addenda, the materials are listed in code order, and the number of materials has increased from 450 to 1100. The structural modules (C2S and AISC) have been updated to work with the German structural steel library, which is also included.
Interfaces Added A new neutral file interface is provided which allows a two way transfer of data between the CAESAR II input file and an ASCII text file. An interface is provided between Stoner’s LIQT program and the dynamic modules of CAESAR II. This interface enables dynamic pipe forces from a time domain analysis to be used in the generation of a force spectrum.
Miscellaneous Changes The static stress summary report has been modified so that the maximum code stress percent is reported, not the maximum code stress. A “miscellaneous” option has been added to the configuration program. This option allows various options, including the specification of either the ANSI, JIS, or DIN piping specifications. Other options available from the Miscellaneous menu are: Intro/Exit Screens (On/Off) - This option can be used to disable the display of the initial entry screen and the final exit screen. Yes/No Prompts (On/Off) - This option can be used to disable the yes/no/are_you_sure prompts. Output Reports by Load Case (Yes/No) - By default, CAESAR II produces static output reports by load case. This option can be used to generate the same reports by subject. Displacement Report Node Sort (Yes/No) - This option can be used to disable the nodal sorting of the static displacement report. The file handler has been modified to enable directory and disk drive selection and logging. The initial display of the file names can also be controlled by the user. This allows the user to set the sort order as well as the single/multi-column display presentation. A file verification routine has been added to check the installation of CAESAR II. This will aid in detecting program corruption due to hard disk defects and viruses. A new report has been added to the static output menu. This will enable users to obtain a “local force/moment” report for the elements in the system. A 32 bit version of the dynamic summation module is provided for large dynamic analysis. Note, this module requires at least a 386 processor. The animation module has been modified to provide hard copy output of the mode shapes.
Chapter 10 Update History
13
14
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 3.19 Features (3/93) Batch Stream Processor—A new processor has been included which will allow multiple jobs (up to 12) to be run in series, without user intervention. The jobs can be static analysis, dynamic analysis, or both. Expansion Joint Database—The Pathway Bellows expansion joint database has been updated. The new database includes two additional pressure classes and diameters out to 144 inches. A new expansion joint database from RM Engineered Products has been added for this release. Input Echo—The input echo processor has been modified so that the input echo precedes the output data. Additionally, the intermediate data generated by the error checker now appears in this listing. B31G—The B31G criteria for the remaining strength of corroded pipelines has been incorporated. This module includes the original B31G criteria as well as several of the modified methods discussed in the Battelle project. Output Processor—A new report has been added to the output processor which generates a Restraint Summary report. This summary details all the loads for all selected load cases for each restraint in the model. Thermal Bowing—The effects of thermal bowing on horizontal pipes can be analyzed. By specifying the thermal gradient between the bottom and the top of the pipe, CAESAR II will compute the loads induced and include them with the thermal loads. 32 Bit Modules—All of the dynamic modules have been moved from the 16 bit mode to the 32 bit mode. Additionally, the animation program now supports EGA and VGA display modes. Title Page Template—A user-configurable ASCII text file can now be used as a title page template. Interface Updates—The CAESAR II data matrix interface and the Autoplant interface have both been updated to utilize the currently active units file. The ComputerVision interface has been updated to handle “tube” type piping. Expansion Joint Rating—The expansion joint rating module, ERATE, has been moved into the “Miscellaneous Module”, facilitating input via the standard spreadsheets. Refractory Lining—The computation modules of CAESAR II have been modified to accept a negative value of insulation thickness. If a negative thickness is encountered, the program will assume the insulation is refractory lining (inside the pipe). Minimum Required Thickness—The piping error checker now makes the “minimum required thickness” computation according to B31.1, 104.1. This information is reported for each pipe in the listing of intermediate data (See item 3 above). Spring Hanger Tables—The E. Myatt & Co. spring hanger table has been added. ESL Updates—All of the code used to access the ESLs has been updated to allow access to the 50 and 66 Mhz CPUs. Missing Mass—The dynamics modules can consider missing mass effects in the spectrum solutions. SEISMIC ANCHOR MOVEMENTS—The dynamics modules will allow the specification of seismic anchor movements for independent support motion analysis. RCC-M—The French piping code RCC-M, Section C has been incorporated. Languages—The input and dynamic output supports English, French, and Spanish language headings. Language dependent files can be activated with the appropriate command line switch on the INSTALL directive. For example, INSTALL /S will install any Spanish specific files. PCX Files—All of the graphics modules have been modified to allow the images to be saved to disk files in PCX format. This will enable these images to be brought into word processing and desktop publishing systems.
Chapter 10 Update History
15
CAESAR II Version 3.20 Features (10/93) A completely new set of documentation accompanies this release. This documentation consists of: a User Guide, an Applications Guide, and a Technical Reference Guide. The static in-core and out-of-core solvers have been converted to run in 32 bit protect mode utilizing extended memory. Solution times for large jobs have been cut by an order of magnitude. The Static Output processor has been converted to run in 32 bit protect mode utilizing extended memory. Both the Static and Dynamic Output processors now have the capability to generate ASCII disk files on any drive or directory (using the COADE file manager) on the computer. Additionally, a table of contents summarizing the output is generated for printer and disk devices. The Dynamic Output processor now includes titles and page numbers (similar to statics), and provides input echo (both system and dynamic) abilities. Modal time history analysis has been added. This includes output report review and animated response review. Standard spectrum analysis now include modal components for displacements. Additionally displacement information is now available for static-dynamic combinations. The Included Mass Report has been clarified and modified to include the active mass in each of the global directions. The percent of the force included/added is now based on a vector sum rather than an absolute sum. The ZPA used in the missing force correction can now be controlled via the configuration file. The user can specify that the ZPA be based on the last extracted mode or the last spectrum value. The static load case array space has been increased by a factor of 5, allowing more flexibility in static load case setup. API 650 nozzle flexibilities, according to the ninth edition, July 1993. Checks for allowable loads on Fired Heater Tubes according to API-560 have been added. As an option, users can consider the effects of pressure stiffening on straight pipes. Three additional spring hanger tables: Sinopec (China), BHEL (India), and Flexider (Italy). The Australian structural steel shape database has been added. The ASME material database has been updated to reflect the 1992 Code addendum. The printer testing routines have been completely rewritten. Additionally, output can be directed to any LPT port. The ability to configure the printer, either dot matrix or laser jet. This is implemented via a text file containing the printer formatting codes, which the user is free to modify. Password protection for input data files, to prevent modification of completed projects. All of the screens in the piping preprocessor (except for the main spreadsheet) are now supported in Spanish and French. Input/Output file time/date sequencing checks have been added to the dynamics modules. The “break” command in the piping input processor has been modified to accept input in feet-inch units instead of only feet. This should allow compound entries in any units system.
16
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 3.21 Changes and Enhancements (7/94) Most of the CAESAR II executable modules have been converted from Microsoft 16 bit FORTRAN to WATCOM 32 bit FORTRAN. This has reduced the low DOS RAM requirements of the program from 577k to 475k. The modules converted to 32 bit operation for Version 3.21 are summarized below: Static Stress Computation Module (1) Piping, Buried & Structural Steel Input Modules (3) Piping Error Checker (1) Load Case & Dynamic Input Module (1) All CAD interfaces (8) Neutral File interfaces (2) The software now supports an ESL from a new vendor. This provides CAESAR II with full networking abilities. The program first checks for a local ESL (from either vendor), then for a network ESL. Toward the support for network operations, the data files which are not job specific are now assumed to be located in a SYSTEM subdirectory underneath the CAESAR II installation directory. These data files include: the input listing formatting files (*.INP), the accounting data files, the printer formatting file, the file handler template file, and the various header files. The common factor among all of these files is that they are specific to a company installation, not a particular data directory. Up until Version 3.21, these data files were manipulated by the program (or sometimes directly by the user) in the installation directory. However, many network installations “write protect” their installation directories, making modifications to these files impossible. We have therefore placed these files in a SYSTEM subdirectory to which users should be given complete access. Note: CAESAR II Version 3.21 will be capable of running on a local machine (with either vendor’s local ESL) or on a network (with the network ESL). The changes made to the software enable the same version to be run under these various configurations. Added additional spring hanger manufacturer has been added, Carpenter & Paterson, UK. The UBC (Uniform Building Code) earthquake spectra have been added. The B31.5 piping code has been added. The piping code addenda have been reviewed and any necessary changes made to the software. The addenda include revisions for: ASCE #7, B31.1, B31.8, ASME NC, and ASME ND. The SIF scratch-pad from the Miscellaneous processor (Option C of the Main Menu) has been incorporated into the piping preprocessor. This processor includes all of the supported piping codes (not just B31.1 and B31.3 as before) and all of the fittings. Additionally, any changes made to the scratch-pad data can optionally be transferred directly to the main CAESAR II data spreadsheets. Additional changes to the input piping preprocessor include the following: 1problem size is now dependent on the amount of free extended memory - the old limit of 400 elements is now upwards of 8,000 elements 1graphics menus automatically turned off for hard copies
Chapter 10 Update History
17
1optional node number display for supports, anchors, hangers, and nozzles 1unction key map shown on main spreadsheet 1auxiliary input spreadsheets support help The accounting system has been completely rewritten. This provides a more streamlined interface. Additionally, accounting statistics are now recorded from the stress computation modules (previous versions only recorded the actual matrix decomposition times). The API-617 and NEMA-SM23 reports have been overhauled so that the code compliance when using non-English units systems is consistent. The new Flange Rigidity factor from ASME Section VIII has been added. A new loader (C2.EXE) has replaced the original one (C2.COM). This new loader performs initial startup checks, with diagnostic reporting if necessary, and enables error processing from the Main Menu. The configuration program has been modified to track changes. Users attempting to [Esc] out after making changes are warned that the changes will not be saved. A graphics viewer has been added to the file manager. This enables rapid model plotting directly from the file manager of the Main Menu. Additional directives are available to disable the generation of the Table of Contents page, and disable the display of the spreadsheet function key mapping.
18
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 3.22 Changes & Enhancements (4/95) The following enhancements and additions have been added to CAESAR II for the Version 3.22 release. Any “Technical Changes” made, which could affect the computed results, are listed on the following page. The Harmonic solver has been updated to provide “damping”. Harmonic analysis can now include or exclude damping as the user deems necessary. The following codes have been reviewed (and any necessary changes made) for compliance to the latest editions: B31.1, B31.3, B31.4, B31.5, B31.8, NC, ND, and BS-806. The following additional piping codes have been added: RCCM-D, CODETI, TBK 5-6. Center of Gravity calculations have been added, with results displayed in the error checker. A Bill of Materials report has been added. Yield criterion stresses can be computed as either Von Mises or as 3D Maximum Shear Stress intensity. Hoop Stress can be computed based on Outer Diameter, Inner Diameter, Mean Diameter, or Lame’s equation. The spring hanger design spreadsheet has been modified to default to a 25% load variation. In addition, the actual hanger load variation now appears in the hanger output reports. A new command (WIND) has been added to the structural steel preprocessor. This allows selective wind loading on an element by element basis. A new key-combination Alt-D is available in the input processor to compute the distance between two nodes. User specified coordinates for up to 30 nodes are saved in the input file. The input title page has been expanded from 19 to 60 lines. Automatic node numbering abilities have been added to the spreadsheets of the main piping input module Expansion Joint databases from IWK (Germany) are provided. Expansion Joint database from Senior Flexonics is provided. MISC converted to 32 bit operations. This module provides the SIF, Flange, WRC297, B31G, and expansion joint rating computations. ROT converted to 32 bit operations. This module provides the equipment calculations for NEMA, API, and HEI. General revisions made for more consistent input screens and help messages. A new report option (in static output) is available to review the “miscellaneous” computations made by the error checker. This report includes: SIFs and flexibility factors, pipe properties, nozzle flexibility data, wind data, CG data, and the bill of materials report. The Intergraph Interface has been improved. The interface now transfers the temperature/pressure pairs. Additionally, if a material mapping file is present, material data can be set correctly by CAESAR II. The CADPIPE Interface has been updated in accordance with CADPIPE Version 4.0. The Restraint Summary in the static output processor has been modified to include the translational displacements of the restrained nodes. The output processors (static and dynamic) have been modified to allow users to change the name of the disk output file if desired. Additionally, modifications have been made so that only a single output device can be enabled.
Chapter 10 Update History
19
All “language” files have been translated into German. Use “INSTALL /G” to acquire the German files. A new control F8 at the output menu level allows switching jobs without returning to the Main Menu.
20
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 3.23 Changes (3/96) The following items have been completed for the 3.23 release: Mouse support has been added to most modules. The German piping code, FBDR, has been added. Major improvements to FRP (fiber reinforced plastic) stress calculations. This includes the BS 7159 code and guidelines set forth by FRP manufacturers. A bi-directional link to CADWorx/PIPE (COADE’s Piping CAD system) has been added. The WRC107 module has been redesigned to incorporate multiple load cases and perform the ASME Division 2 Stress Intensity Summation, all in one step. An interface to Sunrise System’s PIPENET program has been developed. The South African structural steel tables are being added. Two new spring hanger manufacturer’s tables have been added; Comet (UK), and Hydra (Germany). Two new commands have been added to the structural preprocessor: UNIT, and GLOAD. The CADPIPE interface has been updated to comply with the new release (Version 4.1) of CADPIPE. Additional modifications have been made to the Intergraph interface. The low DOS RAM requirement has been reduced to 420 Kbytes. The equipment module has been updated to reflect the 1995 edition of API-617. The following U.S. piping codes have been updated according to recent editions: B31.3 (1995)
Chapter 10 Update History
21
CAESAR II Version 3.24 Changes & Enhancements (3/97) The following items have been added or modified for the 3.24 release: Multiple (3) displacement/force/uniform load vectors have been added. Note that these load cases, called D1/D2/D3 and F1/F2/F3, may be toggled on the input plot by continuing to press F3 and F5 (displacements cycle through D1, D2, D3, and then off). The naming of these load cases has also required the renaming of the CAESAR II load combination terms – D1, F1, S1, etc. must now be called DS1, FR1, and ST1. Note that all hanger loads and cold spring forces (from materials 18 and 19) are still lumped into load case F1, for consistency with previous versions of CAESAR II. A material database for piping properties and allowable stresses for many of the piping codes supported by CAESAR II has been implemented. This is invoked by pressing [ALT-M] on the main CAESAR II input spreadsheet (also at the list option and on the WRC 297 nozzle flexibility spreadsheet). After bringing up the list of materials, a material name can be typed in; matching records are then displayed for selection. Allowable stresses are updated automatically whenever temperatures, materials, and/or piping codes change. Database management is provided from the Utilities option of the main menu. Users may edit COADE provided materials or add their own. Material parameters may be provided for code 0 (represents generic values for any non-specified code) or for specific codes. It is recommended (due to future implementation plans) that metals be assigned identification numbers between 100 and 699, while FRP materials receive numbers between 700 and 999. Note that selection of FRP materials from the material database will not currently activate the orthotropic material model in CAESAR II. This must still be done through the use of material 20 (see item 6 concerning this below). Eight-character job names are now supported (input files are identified by extension ._A, output files by extension ._P, ._S, etc.). Existing files are automatically recognized and converted to their new format. (See related item 16 below.) Modifications have been made to allow multiple users working from the same network data directory via the environment variable COADE_USER. This environment variable should be set to a unique 3 character combination (i.e., the user’s initials) for each user working in the common directory. Implementation can be done by adding to the user’s AUTOEXEC.BAT file a line such as: SET COADE_USER=TVL CAESAR II’s Valve and Flange database now incorporates data files from CADWorx/Pipe. This change provides four advantages: Component weights and lengths are more accurate, as well as traceable to specific catalogs, standards, etc. Weights and lengths are provided for more components than were previously available in the CRANE or GENERIC databases. Since CADWorx/Pipe data files are text files, users may easily edit or add components. If the user also has CADWorx/Pipe on their machine, the two programs will share the same data files and project specs, enhancing the performance of the bi-directional interface. Gaskets are included for flanged items, so a better fit is provided between the CADWorx/Pipe and CAESAR II models.
22
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
The user may now set default values for FRP (material 20) parameters via the configuration/setup. These default parameters may be read automatically from manufacturers data files by toggling through the list of available files, and then pressing [ALT-U] (for Update) on the selected vendor file. Vendor files are recognized by their .FRP extensions; since these are text files, users may create them easily themselves, or vendors may distribute them to their customers. The UKOOA (United Kingdom Offshore Operators Association) piping code for FRP piping has been added. The Z183 and Z184 piping codes have been replaced with the Z662 code, which has been expanded to consider calculation of stresses in “restrained” piping. The ASCE #7 wind code has been updated to the 1995 edition. The API-610 code in the equipment module has been updated to the 8th edition. ASME Section VIII Division 2 stress indices and WRC-107 SIF (kn, kb) values have been incorporated into the WRC-107 module. The “Relief Load Synthesis” dynamics module now supports metric (or custom) units. A number of configuration file default values have been revised in order to improve calculational results or program performance: Changed
From
To
BEND_LENGTH_ATTACHMENT=
5.0
1.0
BEND_AXIAL_SHAPE =
NO
YES
FRICT_STIFF =
50000
1.0E6
FRICT_NORM_FORCE_VAR =
25
15
FRICT_ANGLE_VAR =
30
15
VALVE_&_FLANGE =
GENERIC
CADWORX
Four new directives added to the configuration file. SYSTEM_DIRECTORY_NAME—User defined, defaults to SYSTEM (note user may now maintain multiple system directories for different projects) UNITS_FILE_NAME—User selected from list (note current units are now set through the configuration/setup, not through the units option of the main menu) BS_7159_PRESSURE_STIFFENING—Design strain or Actual Pressure FRP_PROPERTY_DATA_FILE—User selected from list The configuration file can also be password protected in the Installation Directory. This prevents modification of all Computation and Stress Control directives. Subsequent use of the configuration module prevents modification of these directives, unless the password is known. Colors, printer settings, etc. may still be changed by users without the password.
Chapter 10 Update History
23
CAESAR II has been modified to accept an optional job name (including full drive and path data) as an argument; the program switches to the appropriate drive and directory, opens the specified job, and goes into input (bypassing the Main Menu). This allows the definition of ._A files as CAESAR II input files (under Windows 95) and subsequent double clicking on the file name in a Windows/95 explorer window to start the input processor on the picked job file. This also allows CAESAR II to be spawned from other programs, right into a job. Modifications to CAD interfaces: Intergraph and CADPIPE. All necessary routines have been checked (and modified where appropriate) to address the “Year 2000” issue. A Korean structural steel shape library has been added. A new spring hanger table has been added (SARAFTHI). PD-5500 nozzle flexibilities have been incorporated to complement the WRC-297 and API 650 nozzle connections.
24
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 4.00 Changes and Enhancements (1/98) The CAESAR II Version 4.00 release is a major program rewrite making it compatible with Windows 95/NT (version 4.0) operating systems. Minimal functionality enhancements were included in order to make CAESAR II input files interchangeable between Version 4.00 and CAESAR II Version 3.24, the last DOS-based version. Specific new features include: Simultaneous review of graphics and spreadsheet. Addition of rendering and wireframe graphics in plot mode. The ability to turn off subsequent occurrences of an error type in the piping error checker. The ability to extract loads directly from a piping output file for inclusion in the WRC 107 and rotating equipment modules. Addition of bend mid-point modes (indicated by angle “M”) which allow the user to designate the mid-point of the bend without knowing the included angle. Ability to review 132-column reports on screen.
Chapter 10 Update History
CAESAR II Version 4.10 Changes and Enhancements (1/99) CAESAR II version 4.10 changes and enhancements (1/99) include 9 temperatures, 9 pressures, 9 displacement sets, and 9 force/moment sets Finalization of TD/12 piping code Fatigue capabilities including cumulative damage Increase in number of load cases to 99 Reactivation of the input LIST facilities Printing capabilities for graphical renderings Saving graphics images to BMP files Online user’s guide and quick reference guide in PDF format Update of piping codes (CODETI, NC, ND, B31.1, B31.3) Addition of results filters to output reports Update of technical reference manual to reflect Windows version of CAESAR II Variability of mill tolerance on an element-by-element basis
25
26
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 4.20 Changes and Enhancements (2/00) CAESAR II version 4.20 changes and enhancements (2/00) include New Input Graphics - utilizes a true 3D library, enabling graphic element selection New "local coordinate" element input/specification Completely revised material data base, including Code updates. Optional static output in ODBC compliant data base format. Hydrodynamic loading for offshore applications. This includes the Airy, Stokes 5th, and Stream Function wave theories, as well as Linear and Power Law current profiles. Wind analysis expanded to handle up to 4 wind load cases New piping codes: B31.4 Chapter IX, B31.8 Chapter VIII, and DNV (ASD) A wave scratchpad - see the recommended theory graphically, or plot the particle data for the specified wave. Updated piping codes: B31.1, B31.3, B31.4, ASME NC, and ASME ND Automatic Dynamic DLF Plotting Hydra expansion joint data bases As a result of the merger between Senior Flexonics and Pathway Bellows, a new expansion joint data base replaces the two previous individual data bases. A new spring hanger vendor (Myricks) is provided. PCF Interface
Chapter 10 Update History
27
CAESAR II Version 4.30 Changes and Enhancements (3/01) New Static Load Case Builder / Editor. Allows multiplication factors on load components plus additional combination methods (SRSS, Algebraic, ABS, Min, Max, Signed Min, Signed Max, and Scalar). Z-Up: Build or review models with "Z" as the vertical axis instead of "Y". Switch between "Y" and "Z" up on the fly. New "undo/redo" ability in the piping input module. Piping input can be sent to ODBC database. A new "data export" wizard is provided to selectively target input or output data for ODBC export. All modules support optional output directly to MS-Word. Updated piping codes: B31.1, B31.3, B31.4, ASME NC, and ASME ND. User Control over the "auto-save" feature implemented. Improvements to the 3D graphics (job specific configuration, additional data display). Added graphics to the WRC 107 Module to show loads and orientation. Added a new "Code Compliance" report to the static output processor. Spring hanger design expanded from 3 to 9 operating cases.
28
CAESAR II Technical Reference Manual
CAESAR II Version 4.40 Features Revised piping codes: B31.3, B31.4, B31.5, B31.8, ASME NC, ASME ND Added the B31.11 piping code. Added an alpha-numeric node label option to the piping input module Expanded Static Load case options: (1) added load components H, CS, HP, and WW (hanger loads, cold spring, hydro pressure, and weight filled with water, respectively), (2) added HYDRO stress type, (3) added option to set snubber and hanger status on a load case basis, (4) provided ability to scale friction factor on a load case basis. Added automatic generation of a hydrotest load case (WW+HP, HYD stress type, and spring hangers locked), triggered by the presence of a non-zero HP. Updated the 3D input graphics, as well as partial implementation in the static output processor (including the "Element Viewer"). Updated the spring hanger design algorithm to provide the option to iterate the "Operating for Hanger Travel" load case to include the stiffness of the selected hanger. Added new configuration options for ambient temperature, default friction coefficient (if nonzero, automatically gets applied to new translational restraints), liberal stress allowable, stress stiffening, and Bourdon settings, as well as how to handle B16.9 welding tee and sweepolet SIFs in B31.3. Added two new spring manufacturers tables Pipe Supports USA and Quality Pipe Supports. Added the ability to define the flexibility factor on bends. Included piping and structural files now support long file names, may be located in any directory path, and the number of included structural files has been expanded from 10 to 20. Results of the Hanger Design Cases are now optionally viewable in the Static Output Processor (set status to "KEEP" in the Load Case Options). Added the ability to filter static Restraint reports by CNODE status. Added a new "warning report" to the static output. Added a "dirty flag" to the piping input preprocessor and the configuration modules. Attempting to exit these processors without saving changes produces a warning message. Added the ability to detect the differences between material data in the input file and that in the material database (including missing "user materials"). This feature offers the user the opportunity to use the original data. Reviewed/updated the "minimum wall" computation for all piping codes for straight pipe. Added a field for specifying Marine Growth Density to the Wind/Wave dialog. Updated API-661 to 4th Edition. Added the ability to save static load case data without running the job.
Chapter 10 Update History
29
CAESAR II Version 4.40 Technical Changes and Enhancements ( 5/02) The following list details changes to CAESAR II for Version 4.40, which may affect the numeric results. In the "flange module", a change has been made in where Peq is applied. Previously, Peq was used everywhere the pressure term was included in an equation. As of Version 4.40, Peq is only applied to the computation of "H". The design pressure is applied to the computation of "HT" and "HD". The A01 (2001) addendum to B31.3 exchanged the equations (between the figure and the notes) used to compute the "flexibility characteristic" for welding tees and welded-in contour inserts (sweepolets). This change will cause the SIFs for these fittings to change accordingly. CAESAR II defaults to the updated equation in the figure, which is more conservative. Users can control this choice with a new configuration option. In the ambient field of the Special Execution Options tab, a temperature value entered as zero is now assumed to be zero, instead of ambient. The "Bergen" and "Fronek" spring hanger data files have been updated to comply with new hardware supplied by these vendors. Existing jobs using these hanger databases may yield slightly different results Cold Spring and Spring Hanger loads are no longer components of "concentrated force vector #1 (F1), as they were in previous versions. These loads are now represented by "CS" and "H" in the load case definitions. The static load case editor no longer recommends load cases with "F1". This is because spring hanger preloads and cold spring have now been separated from this basic load component. It is up to the user to include F1, if present, in the appropriate load cases. For B31.3 and NAVY505 piping codes, the software has been changed so that allowable stresses are no longer divided by the joint efficiency. (This should not present many problems, since division by the joint efficiency has not been required for the B31.3 code since 1980.) This change was necessary in order to properly perform the minimum wall thickness calculation. The minimum wall thickness computation has been reviewed for each piping code supported by CAESAR II. Adjustments have been made where appropriate (B31.3, B31.4, B31.8, BS806, CODETI). Mill tolerance is now considered in Stoomwezen jobs and B31.8 Ch VIII jobs. (In the case of B31.8 Ch VIII, mill tolerance only affects the combined stress calculation.) Allowable stresses are now given for BS-7159 and UKOOA for the Sustained and Occasional load cases. These are identical to the Operating allowables. Spring Hanger Algorithm Update: The spring hanger design algorithm has been improved to repeat (iterate) the "free thermal" design load case in the event poor hanger locations result in "zero load hangers". The improved algorithm also accounts for frictional effects in the iteration scheme. For analyses using the B31.8 piping code, an additional (OPE) load case is recommended as the absolute sum of the Expansion and Sustained load cases. This additional load case better reflects the intent of section 833.4 of the code. A change was made as to how local forces are computed in combination cases. Prior to 4.40, global forces were rotated to obtain local forces. Now, in combination cases, local forces in combination cases are combined directly. This change may affect combination methods of Scalar, SRSS, and ABS.
1
Index + +Mill Tol % • 8
< • 32
3 3D Graphics • 134 3-D space • 5
A Absolute Expansion load • 4 Method • 75 Method Absolute Method • 77
Absolute Method • 77 Acceleration Factor • 71 Vector • 49, 59 Access • 103 Access Protected Data • 33 Access-protected dataAccess-protected data • 33 Account number • 1 Accounting • 1, 2 Menu • 1 Summary reports • 1 System • 1 Accounting file • 8 Accounting file structure • 8 Accounting File Structure • 8 Acoustic Flow problems • 49 Resonances • 86 Shock • 89 Vibration • 3 Activate • 114 Accounting tab • 1 Activate Bourdon Effects • 114 Actual pressure • 25 Add • 13 Add f/a in stresses • 14 Add F/A in Stresses • 14 Add torsion in sl stress • 15 Add Torsion in SL Stress • 15 Added mass coefficient • 35 Added Mass Coefficient, Ca • 62
Advanced Parameters • 82 Advanced parametersAdvanced parameters • 82 Airy wave theory • 30 Airy wave theory implementation • 33 AIRY Wave Theory Implementation • 33 AISC 1977 database • 55 AISC 1977 Database • 55 AISC 1989 database • 60 AISC 1989 Database • 60 All Cases Corroded • 13 Allow short range springs • 44 Allow Short Range Springs • 44, 108 Allow User's SIF at Bend • 13 Allowable Load variation • 42 Stress • 63, 44 Allowable load variation (%) • 42 Allowable Load Variation (%) • 42, 108 Allowable stress • 63 Allowable Stress • 41 Allowable stressAllowable Stress • 41 Allowable Stresses • 63 Allowed Intersection / Joint Types • 87 Alpha • 22, 18 ALPHA • 18 Alpha tolerance • 8 Alpha Tolerance • 4 Alpha toleranceAlpha tolerance • 4 Alternating pressure • 86 Ambient temperature • 75, 117 Ambient Temperature • 4, 117 Analysis Type (Harmonic/Spectrum/Modes/Time-History) • 49 Analysis type (harmonic/spectrum/modes/timehistory)Analysis Type • 49 Anchor • 33 Anchor Movement (Earthquake Only) • 25 Anchors • 33, 133 Angle • 15, 34 ANGLE • 2, 34, 36 AngleAngle • 36 Angular Forcing frequency • 49 Frequency • 54, 59 Stiffness • 101 ANSI
2
Update History
A58.1 • 24, 27 B36.10 • 7 B36.10 Steel Pipe Numbers • 7 B36.19 • 7 Nominal Pipe OD • 6 API 650 Delta T • 55 API 650 Fluid Height • 55 API 650 Nozzle Height • 54 API 650 NOZZLES • 53 API 650 Reinforcing 1 or 2 • 54 API 650 Specific Gravity • 55 API-650 Delta t • 55 Fluid height • 55 Nozzle height • 54 Nozzles • 53 Reinforcing 1 or 2 • 54 Specific gravity • 55 Tank coefficient of thermal expansion • 55 Tank diameter • 54 Tank modulus of elasticity • 55 Tank wall thickness • 54 API-650 Tank Coefficient of Thermal Expansion • 55 API-650 Tank Diameter • 54 API-650 Tank Modulus of Elasticity • 55 API-650 Tank Wall Thickness • 54 Append Reruns to Existing Data • 29 Applicable Piping Code • 39 Applicable Wave Theory Determination • 32 Applications - Utilizing Global and Local Coordinates • 142 Apply B31.8 Note 2 • 17 Archiving • 14 Area • 19 ASME Sect. VIII Division 2 • 44 Section VIII division 2 - elastic analysis of nozzle • 44 ASME III Subsections NC and ND • 108 ASME Section VIII Division 2 - Elastic Analysis of Nozzle • 44 Assume Standard Schedule • 73 Australian 1990 database • 69 Australian 1990 Database • 69 Auto Node Number Increment • 18 Auto node number incrementAuto node number increment • 18 Autosave Time Interval • 32 Auxiliary
Data • 125 Element data • 78 Processors • 1 Auxiliary Element Data • 78 Auxiliary fields Boundary conditions • 32 Component information • 14 Imposed loads • 59 Piping code data • 63 Auxiliary Fields - Boundary Conditions • 32 Auxiliary Fields - Component Information • 14 Auxiliary Fields - Imposed Loads • 59 Auxiliary Fields - Piping Code Data • 63 Available commands • 80 Available Commands • 80 Available Expansion Joint End-Types • 103 Available space • 41, 103 Available Space • 103 Axes • 22 Axial Elastic modulus • 26 Modulus • 11 Restraint • 75 Shape function • 3 Stiffness • 7 Axial strain Hoop StressAxial Strain
Hoop stress • 26 Axial Strain Hoop Stress (Ea/Eh*Vh/a) • 26 Axis Orientation Vertical • 2, 15
B B31.1 • 99 B31.1 (1967) • 118 B31.1 reduced z fix • 17 B31.1 Reduced Z Fix • 17 B31.11 • 106 B31.3 • 100 B31.3 sustained case SIF factor • 12 B31.3 Sustained Case SIF Factor • 12 B31.3 Welding and Contour Insert Tees Meet B16.9 • 13 B31.4 • 101 B31.4 Chapter IX • 103 B31.5 • 103 B31.8 • 104 B31.8 Chapter VIII • 105 Background • 22
Update History
Bandwidth optimizer • 122 Bandwidth Optimizer Options • 122 Base hoop stress Base hoop stress • 14 Base Hoop Stress On ( ID/OD/Mean/Lamés ) • 14 Base pattern • 29 Base Stress/Flexibility on (IGE/TD/12 code only) • 116 Basic element data • 76 Basic Element Data • 76 Basic loading case • 4 Basic material yield strength • 74 Batch mode • 9 Batch stream processing • 9 Batch Stream Processing • 9 Beams • 40 Fix • 40 Free • 40 BEAMS • 2, 40 Bellows • 105, 7 Allowed torsion • 102 Application notes • 102 Bellows Application Notes • 102 Bellows Stiffness Properties • 20 Bend Axial Shape • 3 bend flexibilty factor • 18 Bend Length Attachment Percent • 19 Bend Radius • 92 Bend SIF Scratchpad • 92 Bend Type/Laminate Type • 92 Bending stiffness • 7 Bends • 14 Axial shapeBends Axial shape • 3
Curvature • 19 Length attachment percentBends Length attachment percent • 19
Miter • 16 Node • 28 Radius • 16 Bends, tees • 133 Bends, Tees • 133 Bi-directional data transfer link • 4 Block operations • 125, 127 Block Operations • 127 Bonney forge sweepolets • 23 Bourdon pressure • 114 Bourdon Pressure • 7 Boxh • 20
3
BOXH • 20 Boxw • 20 BOXW • 20 Braces • 42 Fix • 42 Free • 42 BRACES • 2, 42 Branch Connections • 23 Flexibilities • 14 Pipe spreadsheet • 28 Stress intensification • 28 Branch error • 115 Branch Error and Coordinate Prompts • 115 Branch Pipe Outside Diameter • 92 Branch Pipe Wall Thickness • 92 Break • 80 Break command • 80 Break Command • 80 Browse • 27, 72 BS 7159 • 11, 23, 123 BS 7159 pressure stiffening • 25 BS 7159 Pressure Stiffening • 25 BS806 • 114 Building elements Elem, efill, egen, edimBuilding elements • 26 Building Elements - ELEM, EFILL, EGEN, EDIM • 26 Building Spectrum / Time History Load Cases • 23 Building spectrum load cases • 23 Buoyancy force • 32 Butt weld • 23, 79 Butt-welded tees • 23 BY • 24
C CAD Interfaces • 4 Cadcentre • 74 Cadpipe example transfer • 9 CADPIPE Example Transfer • 9 CADPIPE Interface • 5 Cadpipe log • 23 CADPIPE LOG File Discussion • 17 Cadpipe/CAESAR II data transfer • 23 CADWorx/PIPE • 82 CADWorx/PIPE database • 27, 82 CADWorx/PIPE directory • 82 CADWorx/PIPE link • 4 CADWorx/PIPE Link • 4
4
Update History
CAESAR II Fatal error processing • 11 File guide • 2 Initial capabilities (12/84) • 2 Log file • 26 Neutral file interface • 74 Operational (job) data files • 14 Version 1.1s features (2/86) • 3 Version 2.0a features (10/86) • 4 Version 2.1c features (6/87) • 5 Version 2.2b features (9/88) • 6 Version 3.0 features (4/90) • 7 Version 3.1 features (11/90) • 8 Version 3.15 features (9/91) • 9 Version 3.16 features (12/91) • 10 Version 3.18 features (9/92) • 12 Version 3.19 features (3/93) • 14 Version 3.20 features (10/93) • 15 Version 3.21 changes & enhancements (7/94) • 16 Version 3.22 changes & enhancements (4/95) • 18 Version 3.23 changes (3/96) • 20 Version 3.24 changes & enhancements (3/97) • 21 Version 4.00 changes and enhancements (1/98) • 24 Version 4.10 changes and enhancements (1/99) • 25 CAESAR II Fatal Error Processing • 11 CAESAR II File Guide • 2 CAESAR II Initial Capabilities (12/84) • 2 CAESAR II interfaces • 2 CAESAR II Local Coordinate Definitions • 137 CAESAR II Log File • 26 CAESAR II Neutral File Interface • 74 CAESAR II Operational (Job) Data Files • 14 CAESAR II Version 1.1S Features (2/86) • 3 CAESAR II Version 2.0A Features (10/86) • 4 CAESAR II Version 2.1C Features (6/87) • 5 CAESAR II Version 2.2B Features (9/88) • 6 CAESAR II Version 3.0 Features (4/90) • 7 CAESAR II Version 3.1 Features (11/90) • 8 CAESAR II Version 3.15 Features (9/91) • 9 CAESAR II Version 3.16 Features (12/91) • 10 CAESAR II Version 3.17 Features (3/92) • 11 CAESAR II Version 3.18 Features (9/92) • 12 CAESAR II Version 3.19 Features (3/93) • 14 CAESAR II Version 3.20 Features (10/93) • 15
CAESAR II Version 3.21 Changes and Enhancements (7/94) • 16 CAESAR II Version 3.22 Changes & Enhancements (4/95) • 18 CAESAR II Version 3.23 Changes (3/96) • 20 CAESAR II Version 3.24 Changes & Enhancements (3/97) • 21 CAESAR II Version 4.00 Changes and Enhancements (1/98) • 24 CAESAR II Version 4.10 Changes and Enhancements (1/99) • 25 CAESAR II Version 4.20 Changes and Enhancements (2/00) • 26 CAESAR II Version 4.30 Changes and Enhancements (3/01) • 27 CAESAR II Version 4.30 Changes and Enhancements (4/02) • 27 CAESAR II Version 4.40 Features • 28 CAESAR II Version 4.40 Technical Changes and Enhancements ( 5/02) • 29 Caesar.cfg • 1 Calculate actual cold loads • 107 Calculate Actual Cold Loads • 107 Calculation of Fatigue Stresses • 68 Can available space • 41 CANADIAN Z662 • 111 Change Password • 33 Change passwordChange password • 33 Checking the CADPIPE/CAESAR II Data Transfer • 23 Checking the ComputerVision/CAESAR II Data Transfer • 26 Checking the PRO-ISO/CAESAR II Data Transfer • 71 Chopped strand mat • 25, 15 Circumferential (hoop) direction • 67 Weld • 23 Weld joint efficiency • 65 Class 1 Flexibility calculations • 17 Intersection flexibilities • 14 Class 1 Branch Flexibilities • 17, 14 Class 1 Branch Flexibility • 17 Class 1 branch flexibilityClass 1 branch flexibility • 17, 14 Closely Spaced Mode Criteria/Time History Time Step (ms) • 68 Closely spaced mode criteriaClosely spaced mode criteria • 68
Update History
CNode • 33, 38, 129, 46 Coade technical support • 4 COADE Technical Support • 4 Code Compliance • 63, 19 Code Compliance Considerations • 94 Code-calculated • 28 Code-calculated stress • 28 Code-calculated values • 28 Codes • 63 Codes and databases • 12 Codes and Databases • 12 Code-Specific Notes • 99 CODETI • 120 Coefficient of Friction (Mu) • 5, 37 Cold Allowable stress • 65 Load design • 39 Modulus • 75 Spring • 8, 10, 4 Spring element • 4 Sustained • 20 Cold load • 48 Cold Spring • 4 Columns • 44 Fix • 44 Free • 44 COLUMNS • 2, 44 Combining independent piping systems • 123 Combining Independent Piping Systems • 123 Combining static and dynamic results • 31 Combining Static and Dynamic Results • 31 Commands • 1 Compressed formatting • 2 Computation Control • 2, 3 Computation controlComputation control • 3 Computational interfaces • 96, 97 Computational Interfaces • 96 Computed Mass Flow rate • 98 Computed mass flowrate • 94, 98 Computed Mass Flowrate (Vent Gas) • 94 Computervision interface • 24, 25 ComputerVision Interface • 24 ComputerVision Interface Prompts • 25 Computervision neutral file • 25, 26 ComputerVision Neutral File • 25 Computervision/CAESAR II data transfer • 26, 30 Conclusion • 93 Condense Connected Rigids • 73
5
Condense Elbows • 73 Condense Tees • 73 Configuration • 1 Program • 7 Spreadsheets • 1 Configuration and Environment • 2, 1, 94 Configure /Setup • 97 Button • 1 Connect geometry through CNodes • 18 Connect Geometry Through Cnodes • 18, 33 Connecting nodes • 18, 33 Conservative cutoff • 67 Constant effort hanger • 12 Constant effort support • 12 Constant Effort Support • 12 Constant force value • 17 Control Parameters • 1 Control information • 75, 76 Control Information • 75 Controlling the Data Export • 106 Controlling the dynamic solution • 3 Controlling the Dynamic Solution • 2, 1 Convergence error • 4 Convert input to new units • 37 Convert Input to New Units • 37 Convolutions • 102 Coordinate prompts • 115 Corroded Cases • 13 Corrosion • 13, 8 Covers • 105 Cpu time used • 1 Crane database • 27, 82 Create a new units file • 35 Create a New Units File • 35 Create table • 22 Create Table • 22 Creating the .FAT Files • 67 Creep rupture design stress value • 74 Creep rupture stress • 65 Critical damping • 69 Cross Section (Section ID) • 8 Cross section area • 19 Crotch Radius • 88 Crotch radius • 23 Current data • 39 Current Data • 39 Current profile • 32
6
Update History
Curve boundary • 49 Curved pipe • 23 Cut long • 4 Cut short • 8, 4 Cutoff See non-conservative, conservative, and optimal • 67 Cyclic frequency • 54 Cyclic reduction factor fields • 75
D Damped harmonics • 49 Damping • 49 Damping (Time History or DSRSS) (Ratio of Critical) • 69 Damping (time history or dsrss) (ratio of critical)Damping • 69 Damping matrix • 49 Damping ratio • 59, 76 Data Files • 2, 14 Set • 2 Data Export to ODBC Compliant Databases • 103 Data Export Wizard • 107 Data matrix interface • 56, 95 Data Matrix Interface • 95 Database Definitions • 27 Database definitionsDatabase definitions • 27 database management • 103 Decomposition Singularity Tolerance • 6, 83 Decomposition singularity toleranceDecomposition singularity tolerance • 6, 83 Default code • 9 Default Code • 9 Default restraint stiffness • 8 Default rotational restraint stiffness • 8 Default Rotational Restraint Stiffness • 8 Default spring hanger table • 28 Default Spring Hanger Table • 28 Default translational restraint stiffness • 8 Default Translational Restraint Stiffness • 8 Defaulting to Z-Axis Vertical • 118 Defaulting to Z-AxisVertical • 118 Defining a Model • 134 Defining Global Restraints - FIX • 46 Delete • 127, 13 Delta x • 3 Delta y • 3
Delta z • 4 Dens • 18 DENS • 18 Densities • 11 Density • 40, 11 Depth-decay function • 35 Description of Alternate Simplified ASME Sect. VIII Div. 2 Nozzle Analysis • 47 Design Factor (Unitless) • 73 Design strain • 25 Design stress • 65 Det Norske Veritas (DNV) • 127 Diagnostics-error review • 11 Diagonal damping matrix • 59 Diagonal stiffness matrix • 59 Diameter • 6 Diameter 2 • 22 Diameter field • 6 Diffraction effects • 35 Direction • 11, 13, 24, 37, 43, 45 Directional Combination Method (SRSS/ABS) • 80 Directional combination methodDirectional combination method • 80 DIRECTIVE DATA • 32 Directives • 25 Directory structure • 2 Disable • 31 Disable Undo/Redo Ability • 32 Displaced shape • 22 Displaced Shape • 22 Displacement • 58, 13 Loads • 4 Range • 19 ReportsDisplacement Reports • 30
Vector • 49, 59 Displacement Reports Sorted by Nodes • 30 Displacements • 58 Displaying Element Information • 133 Distance to opposite-side stiffener or head • 52 Distance to Opposite-Side Stiffener or Head • 52, 57 Distance to stiffener or head • 52 Distance to Stiffener or Head • 52, 57 DLF curves • 89 Does the vent pipe have an umbrella fitting (y/n) • 92 Does the Vent Pipe Have an Umbrella Fitting (Y/N) • 92
Update History
Double Sum Method (DSRSS) • 77 Drag coefficient • 42 Drag Coefficient, Cd • 61 Driving frequency • 86 DSN Setup • 103 Duplicate • 128 Duplicate dialog box • 128 Dx • 3 DX • 3 DX, DY, DZ • 25, 32 DXF AutoCAD Interface • 4 Dy • 3 DY • 3 Dynamic Analyses • 62 Analysis input • 2 Control parameters • 1 Displacement criteria • 86 Earthquake • 24 Earthquake loading • 116 Equation of motion • 49 Example input textDynamic Example input text • 31
Input • 1 Input processor • 47 Load • 3 Load factor • 49, 54, 64, 97, 102 Load factor spectrum • 54 Loads • 49 Problem • 49 Dynamic Analysis Input • 2 Dynamic Analysis Overview • 3 Dynamic control parameters • 47 Dynamic Control Parameters • 47 Dynamic Example Input Text • 31 Dz • 4 DZ • 4
E Earthquake Effects • 3 Load • 54 Load magnitudes • 24 Loads • 116 Spectrum • 71 Static load cases • 24 EDIM • 2, 31 Eff • 72 Eff, cf, z • 40 Eff, Cf, z • 40
7
Effective ID • 20 Efill • 27 EFILL • 2, 27 Egen • 29 EGEN • 2, 29 Eigensolution • 54 Eigensolver algorithm • 54 Eigenvalue • 54 Eigenvalues • 82 Elastic Modulus • 75 ModulusElastic Modulus • 41
Elastic analyses of nozzles • 46 Elastic Modulus • 41, 95 ELEM • 2, 26 ElemBuilding elements Elem, efill, egen, edim • 26 Element Duplication • 128 List • 125 Offsets • 5 RotationDelete • 127 Element Cosines • 4 Element Direction Cosines • 4 Element information Displaying • 133 Element Length • 4 Element Offsets • 5 Elevation • 29 Elevation table entry • 27 Enable Advanced Element Sort • 28 Enable Autosave • 32 Enable Data Export to ODBC-Compliant Databases • 28 End connection information • 37 End Connection Information • 37 Ending frequency • 8 Ending Frequency • 8 Endurance limit • 49 Entity information • 17 Equation for pipe under complete axial restraint • 75 for stress • 75 Equipment vibration • 3 Equivalent wind pressure • 27 Error code definitions • 18 Error Code Definitions • 16 Estimated Number of Significant Figures in Eigenvalues • 82
8
Update History
Evaluating vessel stresses • 44 Evaluating Vessel Stresses • 44 Example • 25, 28, 31, 36, 42, 44, 46, 47, 49, 51, 53, 97, 98 EXAMPLE • 19 Example 1 • 97 Example 2 • 98 Example Problem of a Multiple Load - Case Spring - Hanger Design • 45 Example problem of a multiple load-case springhanger design • 45 Example transfer • 33 Example Transfer • 33 Examples • 33, 36, 47, 49, 51, 53 Excel • 103 Excitation Frequencies • 8 Exclude f2 from UKOOA Bending Stress • 26 Exe files - required • 2 Existing file to start from • 36 Existing File to Start From • 36 Exit pipe end flow conditions • 99 Exp. Coeff. • 41 Exp. coeff.Expansion Coefficient • 41 Expansion Case allowable stress • 75 Coefficient • 75 Stress • 75, 19 Stress allowable • 74 Stress range • 19, 20 Expansion joint design notes • 102 Expansion Joint Design Notes • 102 Expansion joint end-types • 103 Expansion Joint Modeler • 97 Expansion Joint Modeler - Expansion Joint Database • 100 Expansion Joint Modeler - From / To Nodes • 99 Expansion Joint Modeler - Hinge/Pin Axis • 99 Expansion Joint Modeler - Modeler Results • 100 Expansion Joint Modeler - Overall Length • 100 Expansion Joint Modeler - Tie Bar Plane • 99 Expansion Joint Modeler Notes • 101 Expansion Joint Styles • 103 Expansion joints • 28, 19, 113 Database • 28 Model • 97, 101 Modeler • 97, 101 Styles • 103 Expansion Joints • 28, 19, 100, 7
Expansion joints and rigids • 133 Expansion Joints and Rigids • 133 Expansion jointsExpansion joints • 7 Exponential format • 4 Extended Operating conditions • 8, 10 Range • 39 External interface • 2 Extracted • 3
F Fac • 40, 75 FAC • 40 Factor • 23, 31 Fatigue Curve data • 79 Cycle • 68 Evaluations • 79 Factor • 68 Fatigue Analysis of Piping Systems • 56 Fatigue Analysis Using CAESAR II • 54 Fatigue Basics • 55 Fatigue Capabilities in Dynamic Analysis • 65 FDBR • 122 Fiberglass reinforced plastic • 11, 15, 114 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) • 11 File Name • 27, 72 File Sets • 2, 1 Files -Clean up • 2 Files-accounting • 8 Fillet • 23 Fillet weld • 79 Filter Out Elements Whose Diameter is Less Than • 28 Final CAESAR II data • 22 Find Distance • 85 Find Element • 85 Finite length expansion joints • 19 Finite Length Expansion Joints • 19 Fitting Flexibility factor • 24 Outside radius • 23 Thickness • 16 Fitting Outside Radius • 88 Fitting Thickness • 16, 93 Flange database • 82 Flange leakage and stress calculations • 9 Flange Leakage and Stress Calculations • 9 Flanged ends • 82
Update History
Flexibility Analysis • 75 Factor • 24, 11, 15 Matrix • 19 Orientation • 51 Fluid Bulk modulus Fluid Bulk modulus • 97
Cutoff • 64 CutoffFrequency Cutoff • 67
Frequency Array Spaces • 85 Frequency Cutoff (HZ) • 67 Frequently Asked Questions • 149 Friction Angle variationFriction
Density • 13, 97 Hammer • 6 Loads • 32 Fluid Bulk Modulus • 97 Fluid Density • 13, 97 Fn • 68 Force • 11, 22, 37, 59 Orthogonalization after convergence • 84 Sets • 59 Spectrum • 6 Spectrum analysis Force
Angle variation • 5
Spectrum analysis • 54
Friction Angle Variation • 5 Friction Normal Force Variation • 5 Friction Slide Multiplier • 5 Friction Stiffness • 4 From • 2 FRP AlphaFRP
Spectrum name • 21 Force Consistent Bend Materials • 28 Force Orthogonalization After Convergence (Y/N) • 84, 85 Force orthogonalization after convergence (y/n)Force Orthogonalization after convergence • 85 Force response spectrum definitions • 21 Force Response Spectrum Definitions • 21 Force set # • 24, 37 Force Set # • 24, 37 Force Spectrum Name • 21 Forces • 59, 102 Forces and moments • 59 Forces and Moments • 59 Forces at elbows • 6 Forces, moments, displacements • 134 Forces, Moments, Displacements • 134 Free Anchor/restraint at node • 47 Code • 47 End connections • 37 Free Anchor/Restraint at Node • 47 Free Code • 47 Free End Connections - FREE • 37 French petrochemical code • 20 Frequency Array spacesFrequency Array spaces • 85
9
Coefficient • 37 Normal force variationFriction Normal force variation • 5
Restraint stiffness • 4 Slide multiplierFriction Slide multiplier • 5
Stiffness factor • 63 StiffnessFriction Stiffness • 4
Alpha • 26
Coefficient of thermal expansion • 117 Data • 2 Laminate type • 25 Modulus of elasticityFRP Modulus of elasticity • 26
Pipe densityFRP Pipe density • 26
Pipe propertiesFiberglass reinforced plastic • 24 Property data fileFRP Property data file • 25
Ratio of shear modulus/emod axial • 117 FRP Alpha (e-06) • 26 FRP Analysis Using CAESAR II • 85 FRP Coefficient of Thermal Expansion (x 1,000,000 ) • 117 FRP flexibilities • 24 FRP Laminate Type • 25, 117 FRP Modulus of Elasticity • 26 FRP Pipe Density • 26
10
Update History
FRP Pipe Properties • 24 FRP Property Data File • 25 FRP Ratio of Shear Modulus/Emod Axial • 117 FRP sif • 24 Ftg ro • 23
Grinnell springs • 39 Group modal combination method • 68 Grouping Method • 75 Grouping method Grouping method • 75 Guide • 34
G
H
G • 18 Gap • 36 Gas-specific heats • 91 General notes • 15 General Notes • 15 General Notes for All Codes • 94 General properties • 13 General Properties • 13 Generation of the CAESAR II configuration file •1 Generation of the CAESAR II Configuration File • 2 Generic database • 82 Generic Neutral Files • 74 Generic neutral filesGeneric neutral files • 74 Geninc • 30 GENINC • 30 Genincto • 30 GENINCTO • 30 Genlast • 30 GENLAST • 30 Geometry Directives • 18 Geometry directivesGeometry directives • 18 German 1991 database • 67 German 1991 Database • 67 Gimbal • 104 Global Editing • 127 Level • 45 Load vector • 17 Stiffness matrix • 12 X direction • 3 Y direction • 3 Z direction • 4 Global Coordinates • 86, 115 Global restraints - fix • 46 Gram-schmidt orthogonalizations • 84 Graphics updates • 8 Graphics Updates • 8 Gravitational acceleration constant • 24 Gravitational loading • 116 Gravity loads - gloads • 51 Gravity Loads - GLOADS • 2, 51
Hanger Algorithm • 12 Auxiliary data field • 32 Data • 106 Default restraint stiffnessHanger Default restraint stiffness • 8
Design • 10 Design algorithm • 11 Design control dialog • 12 Design control spreadsheet • 44, 106 Hot loads • 10 Run control spreadsheet • 39 Sizing algorithmFiles CompatibilityFiles
Compatibility • 10 Table • 39 Travel • 11 Type restraint • 35 Hanger available space • 41 Hanger Data • 40, 45, 106, 111 Hanger Default Restraint Stiffness • 8 Hanger Sizing Algorithm • 10 Hanger Table • 39, 110 Hanger/Can Available Space • 41 Hangers • 37, 133 Hangers/nozzles • 22 Hangers/Nozzles • 22 Harmonic • 3 Analysis • 49, 86, 27 AnalysisHarmonic Analysis • 49
Displacements • 13 Equation • 49 Forces and displacements • 11 Load • 86 Load vector • 49 Method • 3 Harmonic Analysis • 8, 49 Harmonic Displacements • 13 Harmonic Displacements at Compressor Flange • 14 Harmonic Forces and Displacements • 11
Update History
HarmonicHarmonic Profile • 3 Header Pipe Outside Diameter • 91 Header Pipe Wall Thickness • 91 Header stress intensification • 28 Help screen • 4 Help screens and units • 2 Help Screens and Units • 2 Highlight • 134 Highlights • 22, 134 Hinged • 104 Hoop Direction • 65 Elastic modulus • 26 Modulus • 11 Stress • 75 Stress value • 14 Horizontal thermal bowing tolerance • 20 Horizontal Thermal Bowing Tolerance • 20 Horizontal threshold value • 20 Hot Allowable stress • 67 Hanger loads • 47 Load • 39, 10 Load design • 39 Modulus • 75 Sustained • 20 How to Use the CAESAR II / LIQT Interface • 96 How to Use the CAESAR II / PIPENET Interface • 101 Hydrodynamic (Wave and Current) Loading • 30 Hydrodynamic loads • 32
I ID manifold piping • 97 ID Manifold Piping • 97 ID of relief valve orifice • 90 ID of Relief Valve Orifice • 90 ID of relief valve piping • 90 ID of Relief Valve Piping • 90 ID of vent stack piping • 90 ID of Vent Stack Piping • 90 ID relief exit piping • 97 ID Relief Exit Piping • 97 ID relief orifice or rupture disk opening • 97 ID Relief Orifice or Rupture Disk Opening • 97 ID supply header • 97 ID Supply Header • 97 Idealized
11
Allowable stress envelope • 68 Identical results • 1 IEEE 344-1975 • 74 IGE/TD/12 • 126 IGE/tD/12 code • 8, 18, 79 Ignore Spring Hanger Stiffness • 7 Implementation of Macro-Level Analysis for Piping Systems • 78 Importance factor • 24, 27 Impulse • 6 Impulse Impulse profile • 6 INC • 27, 29, 32, 36, 38, 50, 52 Include Missing mass components (y/n)Include Missing mass components • 79
Piping input files • 123 Pseudostatic (anchor movement) componentsInclude Pseudostatic (anchor movement) components • 78
Include Additional Bend Nodes • 28 Include Missing Mass Components (Y/N) • 79 Include Pseudostatic (Anchor Movement) Components (Y/N) • 78, 79, 80 Include Spring Stiffness in Hanger OPE Travel Cases • 7 Included force • 64 Included mass • 64 Including Structural Models • 124 Including the Spring Hanger Stiffness in the Design Algorithm • 13 Inclusion of Missing Mass Correction • 49 Incmatid • 30 INCMATID • 28, 30 Incmatid Incmatid • 28 INCMATID_EDIM • 32 Incore Numerical Check • 5 Incore numerical checkIncore numerical check • 5 Increment • 27, 29, 9, 12, 14, 25, 44 Incsecid • 28, 30 INCSECID • 28, 30 Incto • 28 INCTO • 28, 30, 32, 36, 38, 50, 53 Incto Incto • 28 Independent shock • 74 Independent support motion • 54, 78 Independent support motion applications Independent support motion applications • 54 Independent support motion load cases • 80
12
Update History
Inertia coefficient • 42 In-plane stress intensification • 28 Input Data cells • 2, 63 Dynamic • 14 Echo • 130 Fields • 1 GraphicsControl Keys • 131
Soil • 14 Specifying Hydrodynamic Parameters in CAESAR II • 39 Static • 14 Structural • 14 Input items optionally effecting sif calculations • 23 Input Items Optionally Effecting SIF Calculations • 23 Input listing • 130 Input plotting • 131 Input Plotting • 131 INSECID • 32 Insert • 13 Insert Element • 86 Insert weldolets • 23 Installation directory • 1 Installed load • 11 Installed load case • 11 Installed Load Case • 11 Installed weight • 12 Insul thk • 8 Insul Thk • 8 Insulation • 8 Insulation density • 12 Insulation Density • 12 Insulation Units • 30 Interfaces • 1, 2, 1 Interfaces added • 12 Interfaces Added • 12 Intergraph Data • 49 Interface • 30 Intergraph Data After Bend Modifications • 56 Intergraph data after element sort • 47 Intergraph Data After Element Sort • 47 Intergraph data after tee/cross modifications • 48 Intergraph Data After TEE/Cross Modifications • 48 Intergraph data after valve modifications • 49
Intergraph Data After Valve Modifications • 49 Intergraph interface • 26 Intergraph Interface • 26 Intermodal correlation coefficient • 76 Interpolation parameters • 5 Intersection model • 22 Intersections • 23 Introduction • 1 Iso • 4 Ixx • 19 Iyy • 20
J Jacobi Sweep Tolerance • 83 Jacobi sweep toleranceJacobi sweep tolerance • 83 Jacobus • 74 JIS nominal pipe od • 6 JIS pipe schedule • 7 Joint endtypes • 101
K Kaux • 123 Keulegan-carpenter number • 35 K-Factor • 18 Kinematic viscosity • 42 Korean 1990 database • 71 Korean 1990 Database • 73 Ksd. (Factor) (Unitless) • 78
L Labels • 22 Laminate Type • 25, 15 Last • 28, 30, 36, 39, 53 LAST • 24, 28, 30, 36, 39, 50, 53 Lateral force • 24 Length of manifold piping • 97 Length of Manifold Piping • 97 Length of relief exit piping • 97 Length of Relief Exit Piping • 97 Length of the vent stack • 90 Length of the Vent Stack • 90 Liberal Expansion Stress Allowable • 14, 116 Liberal Stress Allowable • 115 Lift coefficient • 42 Lift Coefficient, Cl • 62 Lift force • 32 LIM • 34 Line
Update History
Pressure Line Pressure • 90
Temperature Line Temperature • 90
Line Pressure • 90 Line Temperature • 90 Liners • 105 LIQT interface • 96 LIQT Interface • 96 LIQT nodes • 96 Liquid vent system • 96 List • 54 LIST • 2, 54 List option • 125 List utility • 123 List/ Edit Facility • 125 List/edit facility • 125 Listing • 14 Load Duration • 76 Forcing frequency • 69 Profiles • 59 Range • 39 Load case • 31 Load Case • 31 Load Case Template • 28 Load Cycles • 10 Load Duration (Time History or DSRSS Method) (Sec.) • 69 Load duration (time history or dsrss method)Load Duration • 69 Load vector Applied • 49 Loads • 48 Local Coordinates • 128 Local flexibilities • 14 Local stresses • 44 Log file • 26 Longitudinal Stress • 14 Longitudinal weld joint efficiency • 65 Loop closure tolerance • 115 Loop Closure Tolerance • 19 Loop closure toleranceLoop closure tolerance • 19 Lumped Masses • 43
13
M Macro-Level Analysis • 77 Make units file • 34 Make Units File • 34 Manifold pipe end flow conditions • 99 Manifold piping • 97 Marine growth • 35 Marine Growth • 62 Marine Growth Density • 62 Mass • 43 Flowrate • 94, 98 Matrix • 49 Matching Pipe Outside Diameter • 95 Material - Add • 38 - Delete • 38 - Edit • 39 Coefficient of thermal expansion • 18 Database • 2 DatabaseMaterial Database • 38
Density • 18 Files • 25 ID number • 17 IdentificationMaterial Identification • 17
Name • 10 Properties • 10 Material - Add • 38 Material - Delete • 38 Material - Edit • 39 Material Database • 38 Material Fatigue Curves • 79 Material Identification - MATID • 2, 17 Material Name • 10 Material Properties • 10, 7 Materials • 10, 105 Matid • 17 MATID • 17, 28, 30, 32 Matid Matid • 28, 30 Max. no. of Eigenvalues calculated • 64 Max. No. of Eigenvalues Calculated (0-Not used) • 64 Maximum Shear theory • 11 Maximum allowed bend angle • 19 Maximum Allowed Bend Angle • 19 Maximum allowed travel limit • 43
14
Update History
Maximum Allowed Travel Limit • 43, 109 Maximum Anchor Node • 28 Maximum Pressure • 96 Maximum table frequency • 21 Maximum Table Frequency • 21 Mechanical resonances • 86 Member weight load • 50 Memory Allocated • 31 Memory allocatedMemory allocated • 31 Menu Accounting • 1 Items • 1 Miche limit • 32 Micro-Level Analysis • 71 Mill tol % • 8 -Mill Tol % • 8 Mill tolerance • 8 Mini-Level Analysis • 75 Minimum Allowed bend angle • 19 Angle to adjacent bend • 19 Temperature curve • 40 Wall mill toleranceMinimum Wall mill tolerance • 6
Yield strength • 74 Yield stress • 74 Minimum Allowed Bend Angle • 19 Minimum Anchor Node • 28 Minimum Angle to Adjacent Bend • 19 Minimum Temperature Curve (A-D) • 40 Minimum Wall Mill Tolerance (%) • 6 Miscellaneous • 30, 9 Changes • 12 Data group • 87 Modifications • 8 Miscellaneous Changes • 12 Miscellaneous Data Group #1 • 87 Miscellaneous Modifications • 8 Miscellaneous Processors • 2, 1 Missing Mass • 64 Mass combination methodMissing Mass combination method • 79
Mass correction • 79 Mass ZPAMissing Mass ZPA • 3
Missing Mass Combination Method (SRSS/ABS) • 79 Missing Mass ZPA • 3
Miter points • 16 Miter Points • 16, 95 Miters • 16 Modal Combination methodModal Combination method • 75
Combinations • 74 Components • 74 Extraction • 49 ExtractionModal Extraction • 54
Modal Combination Method (GROUP/10%/DSRSS/ABS/SRSS) • 75 Mode shape • 54, 59, 86 Model - expansion joint menu • 97 Model Definition Method • 11 Model Rotation • 29, 73 Model rotation, panning, and zooming • 131 Model Rotation, Panning, and Zooming • 131 Model Tees as 3 Elements • 29 Modeling friction effects • 17 Modeling Friction Effects • 17 Modeling techniques • 1 Modes of vibration • 54 Modified theories • 35 Modifying mass lumping • 43 Modulus of elasticity • 10 Modulus ratio • 75 Moments • 59, 102 Morrison's equation • 32 Movement capability • 102 Movement Capability • 102 Mu • 37 Multi-degree-of-freedom system • 69 Multiple load case design • 45, 112 Multiple Load Case Design • 45 Multiple Load Case Design Options • 112
N n1 • 24, 27, 29, 35, 36, 37, 50, 52 N1 • 24, 27, 29, 35, 36, 37, 50 Name • 39, 3, 20, 16 Name of the converted file • 37 Name of the Converted File • 37 Name of the input file to convert • 37 Name of the Input File to Convert • 37 Name of the units file to use • 37 Name of the Units File to Use • 37 Natural frequency • 54
Update History
NAVY 505 • 113 Neutral file • 95 Neutral file interface • 75 Neutral file transfer • 2 New File • 4 New Password • 33 New units file name • 36 New Units File Name • 36 Nfill • 23 NFILL • 2, 23 Ngen • 24 NGEN • 2, 24 No rft/wlt in reduced fitting sifs • 17 No RFT/WLT in Reduced Fitting SIFs • 17 No. hangers at location • 44 No. Hangers at Location • 44 No. of Hanger - Design Operating Load Cases • 107 No. of hanger-design operating load cases • 107 No. of Iterations Per Shift (0 - Pgm computed) • 84, 85 No. of iterations per shift (0-pgm computed) • 84 No. to Converge Before Shift Allowed (0 - Not Used) • 84 No. to converge before shift allowed (0-not used) Number to converge before shift allowed • 84 Nodal coordinate data • 94 Nodal Coordinate Data • 94 Nodal displacements • 17 Node • 19, 15, 33, 38, 22, 37, 46 Number • 2, 15, 28, 33 Numbers • 134 NODE • 2, 22 Node Increment • 86 Node number • 2 Node Number Increment • 28, 73 Node Numbers • 134 NODEINC • 25 Nodes • 21, 129 Nodes in space • 22 Nominal pipe OD • 6 Nominal pipe schedules • 6 Non-conservative cutoff • 67 Nonlinear Code complianceNonlinear Code compliance • 19
Piping code compliance • 19 Restraint • 19 Nonlinear Code Compliance • 19
Nonlinear restraints • 20 Norwegian (TBK 5-6) • 121 Notes on Occasional Load Cases • 23 Nozzle Auxiliary data field • 32, 49, 53 Flexibilities • 32 Nozzle diameter • 52 Nozzle Diameter • 52, 54, 56 Nozzle flexibility - WRC 297 • 49 Nozzle Flexibility - WRC 297 • 49 Nozzle node number • 51 Nozzle Node Number • 51, 54, 56 Nozzle wall thickness • 52, 54 Nozzle Wall Thickness • 52, 54 Nozzles • 49, 133 Nuclear Regulatory Guide 1.92 • 74 Number • 39 Number formats • 4 Number of points in the table • 22 Number of Points in the Table • 22
O Occasional Load factor • 10 Load factorOccasional Load factor • 10
Occasional Load Factor • 10 Ocean currents • 34 Ocean Currents • 34 Ocean Wave Particulars • 31 ODBC • 103, 106 ODBC Compliant Database Name • 29 Off-diagonal coefficients • 6 Offsetting • 4 On-diagonal coefficient • 6 OPENGL Switch • 21 Operating Analysis • 19 Case • 11 Case vertical displacement • 11 Load field • 44 Loads • 39, 44 Pressure • 78 Temperature • 75 Thermal cases • 45 Operating Case • 11 Operating Load • 44 Optimal cutoff • 67 Ordinate • 21 Ordinate Interpolation • 18
15
16
Update History
Ordinate Type • 17 Orient • 36 ORIENT • 2, 36 Orienting a Piping model to Z-axis Vertical • 118 Orienting a Piping Model to Z-Axis Vertical • 119 Orienting a Structural Model to Z-Axis Vertical • 121 Orienting a Structural Model to Z-Axis Vertical. • 121 Orienting an Equipment Model to Z-Axis Vertical. • 122 Orienting an Equipment Model to Z-Axis VerticalOrienting an Equipment Model to ZAxis Vertical • 122 Orifice flow conditions • 99 Orifice Flow Conditions/Exit Pipe End Flow Conditions/Manifold Pipe End Flow Conditions • 99 Ortho • 4 Orthogonal • 37 Other Global Coordinate Systems • 129 Other Notes on Hanger Sizing • 13 Out-of-core eigensolver (y/n) • 85 Output • 14 Processor • 59 Output from the liquid relief load synthesizer • 98 Output From the Liquid Relief Load Synthesizer • 98 Output Reports by Load Case • 30 Output reports by load caseOutput Reports by load case • 30 Output Table of Contents • 30 Output table of contentsOutput Table of contents • 30 Overview • 1, 2 Overview of CAESAR II Interfaces • 2
P Pad Thickness • 88 Pad thk • 23 PCF Interface • 72 PD 5500 Nozzles • 55 PD 5500 radio button • 55 PD/4t • 14 PDMS • 74 Peak pressure • 78
Percent of iterations per shift before orthogonalization • 85 Percent of Iterations Per Shift Before Orthogonalization • 85 Period • 54 Phase • 12, 14 Phase angle • 12, 14 Pipe Density • 10, 11 Element exposed area • 27 Element spreadsheet • 5, 59, 60, 61, 63, 7 Outside diameter • 52 Schedules • 7 Section data • 6 Size • 27 Spreadsheet • 97, 106 Pipe Density • 11 Pipe Section Data • 6 Pipe Stress Analysis Coordinate Systems • 131 Pipe Stress Analysis of FRP Piping • 70 Pipenet interface • 100, 102 PIPENET Interface • 100 Pipes • 21 Piping Codes • 63 Element data • 42 Materials • 10 Screen reference • 1 Size specification Piping Size specification • 27
Spreadsheet • 63 Spreadsheet data • 2 System model • 49 Piping Element Data • 42 Piping Materials • 10 Piping Screen Reference • 2, 1 Piping Size Specification (ANSI/JIS/DIN/BS) • 27 Piping Spreadsheet Data • 2 Plant space • 74 Plastic pipe • 11 Plate • 103 Plot colors • 21 Plot Colors • 21 Plot screen • 1 Point loads - load • 48 Point Loads - LOAD • 2, 48 Pois • 18 POIS • 18 Poisson's ratio • 26, 10, 11, 75, 18
Update History
Poisson's Ratio • 40 Poisson's ratioPoisson's ratio • 40 Polar moment of inertia • 20, 55 Practical Applications • 85 Predefined El centro • 54 Hanger data • 48 Nuclear Regulatory Guide 1.60 • 54 Uniform building code • 54 Predefined Hanger Data • 48 Pressure • 10 Peaks • 86 Pulses • 86 Rating • 103 Stiffening • 3 Stress multiplier • 23 Thrust • 7 Pressure Rating • 103 Pressure stiffening • 3 Pressure Variation in Expansion Cases • 17 Pressures • 10 Pricing factors • 1 Primary membrane stress • 44 Primary stress index • 23 Print alphas and pipe properties • 113 Print Alphas and Pipe Properties • 113 Print forces on rigids and expansion joints • 113 Print Forces on Rigids and Expansion Joints • 113 Printer/listing files • 2 Printing an input listing • 130 Printing an Input Listing • 130 Procedure to Perform Elastic Analyses of Nozzles • 46 Program support / user assistance • 3 Program Support / User Assistance • 3 PRO-ISO example transfer • 68 PRO-ISO Example Transfer • 68 PRO-ISO interface • 56 PRO-ISO Interface • 64 PRO-ISO/CAESAR II data transfer • 71 Prompted Autosave • 32 Prompted Auto-SavePrompted Autosave • 32 Proof stress • 65, 74 Pseudostatic Combination methodPseudostatic Combination method • 79
17
Displacement • 54 Hydrodynamic loading • 32 Responses • 79 Pseudostatic (Anchor Movement) Comb. Method (SRSS/ABS) • 79 Pseudo-Static Hydrodynamic Loading • 32 Publication dates • 63 Pulsation • 3 Pulsation loads • 86 Pulsation Loads • 86 Pulse table generator • 21 Pulse table/dlf spectrum generator • 54 Pvar • 78
R R1 • 22 R2 • 22 Radius • 14 Random • 3 Random Random profile • 3 Range • 134, 20 Range Interpolation • 17 Range Type • 17 Ratio of gas-specific heats gas constant • 91 Ratio Shear Mod Emod • 26 Ratio shear modulus • 26 Rayleigh damping • 69 RCC-M Subsection C and D • 119 Reduced Intersection • 16 Reduced intersectionReduced intersection • 16 Reducers • 20 References • 42, 52, 93 Refractory lined pipe • 8 Reinforcing pad • 23, 52 Relief Exit piping • 97 Valve • 6 Relief load Analysis • 89 Relief Load Synthesis for Gases Greater Than 15 psig • 89 Relief load synthesis for gases greater than 15 psigRelief load Synthesis • 89 Relief load synthesis for liquids • 96 Relief Load Synthesis for Liquids • 96 Relief Valve or Rupture Disk • 97 Relief valve or rupture disk Relief
18
Update History
Valve • 97 Relief Valve Thrust Load Analysis • 89 Relief valve thrust load analysisRelief Valve thrust load analysis • 89 Remove HA Elements • 28 Remove Password • 33 Remove passwordRemove password • 33 Replace • 13 Reset plot • 132 Reset Plot • 132 Resetting element strong axis - angle, orient • 34 Resetting Element Strong Axis - ANGLE, ORIENT • 34 Re-setting loads on existing spring hangers • 48 Re-setting Loads on Existing Spring Hangers • 48 Response Spectra / Time History Load Profiles • 16 Response spectra profiles • 16 Response spectrum • 20, 54 Response Spectrum / Time History Profile Data Point Input • 20 Restrained weight • 47, 10 Restrained weight case • 10 Restrained Weight Case • 10 Restraint Auxiliary field • 33 Loads • 86 Type • 33 Restraints • 32, 133 Re-use last eigensolution • 73 Re-use Last Eigensolution • 73 Review existing units file • 34 Review Existing Units File • 34 Reynolds number • 35 Rigid Element application • 2 Elements • 18, 113 Fluid weightRigid Fluid weight • 2
Insulation weightRigid Insulation weight • 2
Material weightRigid Material weight • 2
Modes • 64 Rod • 43 Support displacement criteria • 43 Y restraints • 47 Rigid Element Application • 2
Rigid Elements • 18 Rigid Fluid Weight • 2 Rigid Insulation Weight • 2 Rigid Material Weight • 2 Rigid Support Displacement Criteria • 43, 109 Rigids/bends • 21 Rigids/Bends • 21 Rod Increment (degrees) • 4 Rod increment (degrees)Rod increment • 4 Rod Tolerance (degrees) • 4 Rod tolerance (degrees)Rod tolerance • 4 Rotate • 127 Rotating equipment report updates • 8 Rotating Equipment Report Updates • 8 Rotation rod • 35 Rotational option • 114 Rotations • 132 Run control data spreadsheet • 45 Rupture disk • 97 Rupture disk opening • 97 Rx (cosx, cosy, cosz) or rx (vecx, vecy, vecz) • 34 RX (cosx, cosy, cosz) or RX (vecx, vecy, vecz) • 34 Rx, ry, or rz • 34 RX, RY, or RZ • 34
S Sc • 65 SC • 65 Schneider • 13, 17 Scratch • 14 SE isometric view • 133 Seam-welded • 8, 18 Seam-Welded • 8, 18 Seawater Data • 42 Secid • 19, 30 SECID • 19, 28, 30 Secid Secid • 28 SECID_EIDM • 32 Section 1-Entity Information • 17 Section 2-Segment Information • 18 Section 3-Final CAESAR II Data • 22 Section ID • 19 Section Identification - SECID • 2, 19 Section identification - secidSection identification - secid • 19 Section modulus calculations • 16 Segment information • 18 Seismic
Update History
Anchor movements • 54 Loads • 54 Spectrum analysisSeismic Spectrum analysis • 54
Zone • 24 Zone coefficient • 24 Set/Change Password • 33 Set/change passwordSet/change password • 33 Setting DefaultsSetting Defaults • 21
Nodes in space • 21 Nodes in spaceNode • 22 Setting Defaults - DEFAULT • 2, 21, 26, 30, 32 Setting Nodes in Space - NODE, NFILL, NGEN • 22 Setting up the spring load cases • 12 Setting Up the Spring Load Cases • 12 Setup option • 127 Sh • 67 SH • 67 Sh fields • 65 Shape • 53 SHAPE • 53 Shear modulus of elasticity • 11, 117, 18 Shft option disabled • 132 SHFT Option Disabled • 132 Shft option enabled • 132 SHFT Option Enabled • 132 Shock displacement • 59 Shock load case • 54 Short range springs • 44 Should caesar ii size the vent stack (y/n) • 93 Should CAESAR II Size the Vent Stack (Y/N) • 93 Show Informational Messages • 86 SIF • 11 SIF / Tee Node Number • 27 SIF at bend • 13 SIFs & tees • 22 SIFs & Tees • 22 SIFs and Stresses • 9 SIFs and stressesSIF • 9 Simplified ASME Sect. VIII Div. 2 Elastic Nozzle Analysis • 48 Single
19
Directional restraint • 43 Element insert • 80 Gimbal expansion joint • 104 Hinged expansion joint • 104 Unrestrained expansion joint • 104 Sinusoidal forms • 49 Slipon • 103 Slug flow • 6 Snubbers • 45 Socket Fillet Weld Leg Length • 91 Soil factor • 24 South African 1992 database • 71 South African 1992 Database • 71 Spatial Combination methodSpatial Combination method • 75
Components • 74 Spatial Combination Method (SRSS/ABS) • 75 Spatial or Modal Combination First • 74 Spatial or modal combination firstSpatial Combination method • 74 Special execution parameters • 59, 113, 2 Special Execution Parameters • 113 Specific gravity • 13 Specified Minimum Yield Stress • 75 Spectrum • 3 Spectrum /Time History Profile • 23 Spectrum analysis • 69 Spectrum Analysis • 54 Spectrum analysisSpectrum analysis • 54 Spectrum Time History • 37 Spectrum/time history profile • 23 Spring Design requirements • 10 Forces • 103 Rate • 48, 12 Tables • 39 Spring Design Requirements • 10 Spring Forces • 103 Spring hangers • 48 Spring Rate and Cold Load • 48 Square root of the sum of the squares • 75 Square Root of the Sum of the Squares (SRSS) • 78 Square root of the sum of the squaresSquare root of the sum of the squares • 78 Standard airy wave theory • 33 Standard structural element connections - beams, braces, column • 40
20
Update History
Standard Structural Element Connections - BEAMS, BRACES, COLUMNS • 40 Start node • 12, 14, 25, 43 Start Node • 12, 14, 25, 43 Starting frequency • 8 Starting Frequency • 8 Starting Node Number • 28, 72 Static Earthquake loads • 24 Load case • 62 Load case builder • 27 Load case for nonlinear restraint statusStatic Load case • 62
Output processor • 86 Seismic loadsStatic Seismic loads • 24
Superposition • 20 Thermal criteria • 86 Static Analysis Fatigue Example • 57 Static friction coefficient • 37 Static Load Case for Nonlinear Restraint Status • 62 Static Seismic Loads • 24 Stif • 35 Stiffness • 35, 45 Stiffness Factor for Friction (0.0 - Not Used) • 63 Stiffness factor for frictionStiffness factor for friction • 63 Stiffness matrix • 49 Stokes 5th order wave theory • 30 STOKES Wave Theory Implementation • 34 Stoomwezen • 118 Stop node • 12, 14, 44 Stop Node • 12, 14, 25, 44 Straight pipe • 23 Stream function wave theory • 30 Stream Function Wave Theory Implementation • 34 Stress Calculation • 75 Cycles • 68 Intensification factors • 15, 28 Intensity • 44 Stress < Level 1 • 23 Stress > level 1 • 23 Stress > Level 1 • 23 Stress > level 2 • 23
Stress > Level 2 • 23 Stress > level 3 • 23 Stress > Level 3 • 23 Stress > level 4 • 23 Stress > Level 4 • 23 Stress > level 5 • 23 Stress > Level 5 • 23 Stress intensification factor scratchpad • 9 Stress Intensification Factor Scratchpad • 9 Stress intensification factors (details) • 28 Stress Intensification Factors (Details) • 28 Stress level 1 • 22 Stress Level 1 • 22 Stress level 2 • 22 Stress Level 2 • 22 Stress level 3 • 22 Stress Level 3 • 22 Stress level 4 • 22 Stress Level 4 • 22 Stress level 5 • 22 Stress Level 5 • 22 Stress stiffening due to pressure • 116 Stress Stiffening Due to Pressure • 15 Stress Stiffening Due to Pressure (all codes except IGE/TD/12) • 116 Strong axis moment of inertia • 19, 55 Structural Classification options • 27 Databases • 55 DatabaseStructural Database • 27
Element keywords • 2 Elements • 52 Steel modeler • 1 Structural Database • 27 Structural Databases • 55 Structural Steel Modeler • 2, 1 Structure • 22 Sturm sequence • 80 Sturm Sequence Check on Computed Eigenvalues (Y/N) • 80 Sturm sequenceSturm sequence • 80 Subsonic velocity gas conditionsSubsonic velocity gas • 96 Subsonic vent exit limit Subsonic vent exit • 95 Subspace Size (0-Not Used) • 83 Subspace sizeSubspace size • 83 Supply header • 97 Supply header pipe wall thickness • 98 Supply Header Pipe Wall Thickness • 98
Update History
Supply Overpressure • 97 Supply overpressure Supply overpressure • 97 Sustained Analysis • 19 Stress • 75, 20 Stress limit • 74 Sustained stresses and non linear restraints • 20 Sustained Stresses and Nonlinear Restraints • 20 Swedish Method 1 and 2 • 116 Sy • 74 Sy - Yield Stress at Temperature • 72 Sy data field • 65 System Damping • 69 System Directory Name • 28 System directory nameSystem Directory name • 28
T Tangent intersection point • 15 Tank node number • 54 Tank Node Number • 54 Tapered transitions • 23 Technical discussion of liqt interface • 97 Technical Discussion of LIQT Interface • 97 Technical Discussion of PIPENET Interface • 102 Technical Discussions • 2, 4, 1 Technical notes on caesar ii hydrodynamic loading • 35 Technical Notes on CAESAR II Hydrodynamic Loading • 35 Tee SIF Scratchpad • 86 Temperature • 41, 8 Temperatures • 8 Ten Percent Method • 76 The Right Hand Rule • 129 The Structural Steel Property Editor • 4 Theoretical cold load • 48, 11 Thermal Bowing • 20 Bowing delta temperature • 115 Expansion coefficient • 4, 26, 8, 75, 117 Expansion/pipe weight report • 2 Shakedown • 4 Thermal Bowing Delta Temperature • 115 Thermodynamic Entropy Limit /Subsonic Vent Exit Limit • 95 Thermodynamic entropyThermodynamic entropy • 95
21
Thickness 2 • 22 Thicknesses, diameter, length, material number • 134 Thicknesses, Diameter, Length, Material Number • 134 Thrust • 20, 89 Thrust at the end of the exit piping • 98 Thrust at the End of the Exit Piping • 98 Thrust at the end of the manifold piping • 98 Thrust at the End of the Manifold Piping • 98 Thrust at the vent pipe exit • 95 Thrust at the Vent Pipe Exit • 95 Thrust at valve pipe/vent pipe interface • 94 Thrust at Valve Pipe/Vent Pipe Interface • 94 Tied • 104 Tied single expansion joint • 104 Tied universal expansion joint • 105 Time • 22, 59 History analysis • 6, 59, 69 History animationTime History animation • 31
History loads • 97, 102 HistoryTime History analysis • 59
Step • 68 Time History • 59 Time History Animation • 31 Time history load cases • 23 Time history profile data point • 20 Time history profilesTime History load profiles • 16 Time history time step • 68 Title page • 106 Title Page • 106 To • 2 TO • 24, 27, 29, 31, 36, 37, 50, 52 To node number • 2 Toolbar buttons • 1 Tools Accounting • 1 Material database • 38 Multiple job analysis • 9 Topographic factor parameters • 27 Torsional Stiffness • 7 Torsional R • 20 Torsional spring rates • 102 Torsional Spring Rates • 102 Transforming from Global to Local • 148
22
Update History
Transient Load • 54 Load cases • 59 Transient pressure rise on valve closing • 95 Transient Pressure Rise on Valve Closing • 95, 98 Transient Pressure Rise on Valve Opening • 95, 98 Transient pressure rise on valve openingTransient Pressure • 95 Translational Option • 114 Restraint • 36 Stiffness • 101 Translations • 132 Transverse stiffness • 7 T-univ • 105 T-UNIV • 105 Type • 15, 33 Type field • 15
U UBC • 16 UK 1993 database • 74 UK 1993 Database • 74 UKOOA • 11, 125 Ult Tensile Stress • 41 Ultimate tensile strength • 74 Umbrella fitting • 92 Unbalanced pressure force • 3, 86 Underlying Theory • 70 Uniform Building code • 16, 71 Load • 50 Loads-UNIF • 49 Support excitation • 54 Uniform load in g's • 116 Uniform Load in G's • 60, 116, 2, 24 Uniform loads • 59 Uniform Loads • 59 Uniform loads - unif • 49 Uniform Loads - UNIF • 49 Units Conversion Data • 93 Units conversion data • 93 Units Conversion Data • 93 Units File • 5 Units File Name • 28 Units file nameUnits
File name • 28 Units File Operations • 34 Units file operationsUnits File operations • 34 UNITS Specification - UNIT • 2, 14 Units specification - unitUnits Specification - UNIT • 14 Unskew • 127 Untied • 104 Untied universal expansion joint • 104 Update history • 1 Update History • 2, 1 Use FRP Flexibilities • 24 Use FRP SIF • 24 Use Out-Of-Core Eigensolver (Y/N) • 85 Use PD/4t • 14 Use Pressure Stiffening • 3 Use Schneider • 13 Use WRC329 • 13 User ID • 31 User IDUser ID • 31 User-defined • 19 User-Defined • 19 User-defined SIFs anywhere in the piping system • 27 User-Defined SIFS Anywhere in the Piping System • 27 User-defined spectra • 54 Using Local Coordinates • 136 Utilities • 54 UTS - Ultimate Tensile Strength of Material • 72 U-univ • 104 U-UNIV • 104 Ux,uy,uz • 50 UX,UY,UZ • 50
V Valve /Flange database • 27 Pipe/vent pipe interface • 94 Valve Orifice Gas Conditions /Vent Pipe Exit Gas Conditions/Subsonic Velocity Gas Conditions • 96 Valve orifice gas conditions Valve Orifice gas • 96 Valve/flange database • 82 Valve/Flange Database • 18, 82 Valves and flanges • 27 Valves and Flanges • 27 Velocity vector • 49, 59
Update History
Vent Pipe exit • 95 Stack • 93 Vent pipe exit gas conditions Vent Pipe exit gas • 96 Version and job title information • 75 Version and Job Title Information • 75 Vertical Axis • 6 Vessel Diameter • 52 Material number • 53 Node • 49 Node number • 51 Temperature • 53 Type • 56 Wall thickness • 52 Vessel centerline direction cosines • 57 Vessel Centerline Direction Cosines • 57 Vessel centerline direction vector x, y, z • 52 Vessel centerline direction vector X, Y, Z • 52 Vessel Diameter • 52, 57 Vessel Material No. (Optional) • 53, 58 Vessel Node Number • 51, 56 Vessel reinforcing pad thickness • 52 Vessel Reinforcing Pad Thickness • 52, 57 Vessel Temperature (Optional) • 53, 57 Vessel Type - Cylinder (0) or Sphere (1) • 56 Vessel Wall Thickness • 52, 57 Vibrations • 49 View/edit file • 36 View/Edit File • 36 Views • 133 Volume plotting • 133 Volume Plotting • 133 Von Mises theory • 11 Vortex shedding • 27
W Wall thickness • 6 Wall Thickness of Matching Pipe • 95 Wall thickness/schedule field • 7 Wave Data • 41 Theories • 32 Wave Data • 41 Wave Loads • 61 Weak axis moment of inertia • 20, 55 Weight analysis • 47 Weight Units • 29 Weld d (Mismatch) • 89
23
Weld ID • 23, 89 Welded • 103 Wind Effects • 3 Exposure options • 27 Force • 27 Load • 8 Loads • 52, 27 LoadsWind Loads • 27
Pressure • 27 Shape factor • 61, 52, 27 Speed • 27 Wind Loads • 60, 27 Wind Loads - WIND • 2, 52 Wind Shape Factor • 61 Wind/wave loads • 60 Wn • 103 WN • 103 WRC 107 • 5, 46, 8 WRC 107 Updates • 8 WRC 297 • 9 WRC 297 Local Stress Calculations • 9 WRC 329 • 13, 14 WRC-107 Interpolation Method • 5 WRC-107 Version • 5 Wt/sch • 7 Wt/Sch • 7
X X (cosx, cosy, cosz) or x (vecx, vecy, vecz) • 34 X (cosx, cosy, cosz) or X (vecx, vecy, vecz) • 34 X , y, or z • 34 X , Y, or Z • 34 X2, Y2, Z2 • 34 Xrod (cosx, cosy, cosz) or xrod (vecx, vecy, vecz) • 35 XROD (COSX, COSY, COSZ) or XROD (VECX, VECY, VECZ) • 35 Xrod, yrod, zrod • 35 XROD, YROD, ZROD • 35 XSNB, YSNB, ZSNB • 34 XSPR, YSPR, ZSPR • 34
Y Yield
24
Update History
Criteria theory • 11 Strength • 18 Stress • 65 StressYield Stress • 11, 41
Yield Stress • 41 Yield Stress Criterion • 11 YM • 18 Young's modulus of elasticity • 18 Ys • 18 YS • 18
Z Z-Axis Vertical • 19, 118, 15 Zero Period acceleration • 54 Weight rigids • 2 Zero Length Expansion Joints • 19 Zero-length expansion joints • 19 Zooming • 132 ZPA (Reg. Guide 1.60/UBC- G's)/# Time History Output Cases • 71 ZPA time history output cases • 71
